The URL can be used to link to this page

Contract - Prime Controls, LP - 12/5/2019 1Z' 201gs° Otte6 CITY OF ROUND ROCK UTILITIES AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT •f t a 1 ROUND ROCK TEXAS Project Manual For: Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System - East Plant Plant Control System Replacement NOVEMBER 2019 Prepared By: 1:1' APPROVED BY • ..r.— ': rr..i..ar.raarw....s.r•.a.a..i.a�.� CI ATTRNEY r didicip Iwo -oi JQSHUA P. FRISINGER r"1:°A;: 97545 .._.. TBPE Firm Registration No 13 • 00,, city of soir........._ Leanoer . °F ` e,s,� moiwi • • ' ROUND ROCK,TEXAS CEDAR.AR. PURPOSE..PASSIC)N.PROSPIRITY °tli ��.).fii� 0 PA R ," .. a t Jot.... - nv N , ,. 1 1 1 ---„, r ik , i m 4,,,., 40 a. • �_ ..1, ': _ a ~'`,- • ts, ..'� n .it.Aatyy;;«M1 + b i . j,.. 4-,-;11,4...i :..,s.. 1 ,yy,. ,, !".:.inn' r I,..,. ,...,e . e ,i•"+.I.,,:ji ,? r• rr✓" w J 4s+t'. A i4e:: .e,. * 4',v ys "',., - r a+_tx ' NN,...., 414 i o- Iloioliifr. , '`. ..,,, --' A* * 4,',.," '011%. '**4' ''''- ik . .'if a ','i ,.p' *' C a WYy t�'t R r ra't eyt m v SEPTEMBER 2019 BRUSHY CREEK REGIONAL WASTEWATER SYSTEM EAST PLANT PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT BRUSHY CREEK REGIONAL WASTEWATER SYSTEM EAST PLANT PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT SEPTEMBER 2019 A c,�P1.. °�TFk�‘� �� Z°Lti111,� i 114(1 .r * •• • *y• e / PATRICK N. MOSELEY I ..::...........�, ........;.,*.� t -0.. 72794 :g-! �..JOSHUA P.FR{S{ r it 5�� ,�lsTER� .�'�•` r -o°, 97545'....., rj r Z �Ssyp .... 111�o,�;••�� ••'ti�i�` '••.e8NS'Sd.••'�y, _myN. s l i g l 1tt1.0aNV. /(/71--1 fre -- TBPE FIRM NO.13 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS BRUSHY CREEK REGIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY—EAST PLANT PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications in Division 00 are sealed by Joshua P. Frisinger, Texas P.E. 97545 DIVISION 00—PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING 00020 Notice to Bidders 00 11 13 Instruction to Bidders 00200 Bid Bond 00 31 00 Bid Proposal 00410 Statement of Bidders Safety Experience 00 43 37 Nonresident Bidder 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00600 Insurance and Construction Bond Forms 00610 Performance Bond 00620 Payment Bond 00650 Certificate of Insurance 00700 General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 00900 Special Conditions Specifications in Division 01 are sealed by Joshua P. Frisinger, Texas P.E. 97545 DIVISION 01—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 12 16 Sequence of Construction 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures 01 26 13 Requests for Information 01 29 00 Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 31 24 Internet-based Construction Management 01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 42 00 References 01 43 33 Manufacturer's Field Services 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 70 00 Execution Requirements 01 75 25 Equipment Testing and Startup 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 36 Warranties 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 01 79 00 Demonstration and Training 01 79 32 Selective Demolition PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS BRUSHY CREEK REGIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY—EAST PLANT PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED) Specifications in Division 26 are sealed by Patrick Moseley, Texas P.E. 72794 DIVISIONS 26—ELECTRICAL 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions 26 05 05 Selective Demolition for Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 36 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems 26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 24 19 Motor Control Centers 26 27 13.13 Power Meters 26 29 03 Low-Voltage Pilot Control Devices Specifications in Division 40 are sealed by Patrick Moseley, Texas P.E. 72794 11T\/TCTARIC Aft-IDDA/`CCC TIUTCD�`AIUI IC(`TTAIUC Vi II i✓iVI�✓TV ■ 11010V1.✓✓i■•■L■I0vVI�■11■.v■WAN,. 40 61 00 Instrumentation and Control System General Provisions 40 61 01 Instrumentation and Control System Abbreviation and References 40 61 21 Instrumentation and Control System Testing and Commissioning 40 61 26 Instrumentation and Control System Training 40 61 93 Control System Input-Output List 40 62 00 Computer System Hardware and Ancillaries 40 63 43 Programmable Automation Controllers 40 66 00 Control System Network Communication Equipment 40 66 81 Control System Fiber Optic Cable 40 67 00 Control System Panels 40 68 00 Control System Software 40 70 00 Instrumentation Measurement Devices PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 \\AUS-FS.AUS.APAI\AUS IN\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\00 00 00 TABLEOFCONTENTS- PLANTCONTROLSYSTTEM 2019-09-19.DOCX 00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed bids addressed to David Freireich,City of Round Rock, Utilities and Environmental Services, 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock, TX 78665, for furnishing all labor, material and equipment and performing all work required for the project titled, Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System Plant Control System Replacement (project includes PLC replacement and related work),will be received until November 5,2019 at 2:00 p.m.,then publicly opened and read aloud at the same address. Bid envelopes shall state date and time of bid and "Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System East Plant, Plant Control System Replacement". Bids must also be accompanied by a "Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience" included in Section 410 of the Project Manual. No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any bids received after scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened. Bids must be submitted on City of Round Rock bid forms and must be accompanied by an acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round Rock,Texas equal to five percent (5%) of the total bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications, and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained from the City of Round Rock website at the following web address: Roundrocktexas.gov/solicitations . Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary. For questions please contact the City's Project Manager, David Freireich, (512) 671-2756. In case of ambiguity,duplication,or obscurity in the bids,the City of Round Rock reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received. The successful bidder will be expected to execute the City of Round Rock's standard contract and to furnish performance and payment bonds, all as described in the bid documents. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers,workmen,and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock. A MANDATORY Pre-Bid conference will be held at 3939 E Palm Valley Blvd., Round Rock, Texas 78665 on October 16, 2019 at 2:00 p.m.. Publish Dates: Austin American-Statesman: October 6, 2019 October 10, 2019 October 15, 2019 00020 10-2015 Notice to Bidders 00193093 Page 1 SECTION 00 11 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS 1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below: A. Issuing Office: The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered. The issuing office is as follows: Plummer Associates, Inc. 6300 La Calma, Suite 400 Austin,Texas 78752 Telephone: (512) 452-5905 Facsimile: (512) 452-2325 Attention: Mr. Patrick Moseley ARTICLE 2- BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Prior to submitting any hid, bidders(BIDDERS are required to read all drawings(plans), sperifiratinns- and all other Project Manual and Contract Documents carefully; to inform themselves by their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves of the accessibility of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work and the time required for its completion; and obtain all information required to make a bid. The aforementioned documents may be obtained from www.CivCastUSA.com. Bidders must register on this website in order to view and/or download specifications and plans for this project.There is NO charge to view or download of documents. ARTICLE 3 -TWO PHASE PROJECT INFORMATION 3.1 The work in this project is divided into two parts as shown in the contract documents described as Phase A and Phase B. A. For the work to be performed under Phase A the Bidder will serve as the General Contractor for the work. All communication and construction documentation shall be provided directly to the Owner and Engineer. All costs associated with performing the work as the General Contractor for Phase A shall be included in Bid Item 1. B. For the work to be performed under Phase B the Bidder will be a subcontractor to a yet to be determined general contractor for the overall Plant Expansion to 30 MGD. All communication and construction documentation shall be routed through the general contractor. All costs associated with performing the work as a subcontractor for Phase B shall be included in Bid Item 2. The contractor for the overall Plant Expansion to 30 MGD will not be selected until the first quarter of 2020. ARTICLE 4- SITE 4.1 Hazardous Environmental Condition A. There are not any known hazardous environmental conditions present on the Project site. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 1 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 4.2 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to physical conditions and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.2 and 4.3 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in Paragraph 4.4 of the General Conditions. 4.3 On request, OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such investigations,tests,and studies. Bidders interested in visiting the site shall contact Mr. John Alligood, Utility Systems Integrator, during normal business hours at (512) 801-4446. Visits will be by appointment only. 4.4 Reference is made to Article 7 of the General Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by OWNER or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. On request,OWNER will provide to each Bidder access to or copies of Contract Documents(other than portions thereof related to price) for examination for such other work. 4.5 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents,the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents and any Addenda; B. visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; C. become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work; D. carefully study all: 1. drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface structures at the Site, which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions, and 2. reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 4.4 of the General Conditions; E. obtain and carefully study(or accept consequences of not doing so)all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations,explorations,tests, studies and data concerning surface conditions at the Site,which may affect cost, progress or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying any specific means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto; F. agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, tests, studies or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 2 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 H. correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data with the Bidding Documents; I. promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder; and J. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work. 4.6 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents,that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. ARTICLE 5 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in writing using the CivCastUSA website. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda through CivCast to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than four (4) working days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2 Bidders may not propose clarifications or take exceptions in submitting a bid. Any Bid, including exceptions or making a proposal that is not in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract or for Work that is not in strict compliance with the Contract Documents, shall be considered non-responsive and will not be considered for award. Any Bidder that wishes to offer alternate terms and conditions or offer Work not in strict compliance with the Contract Documents may submit these to the ENGINEER no later than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids. If any of the proposed changes to the Contract Documents are acceptable, the ENGINEER will issue Addenda as appropriate. 5.3 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER. ARTICLE 6 - BID SECURITY 6.1 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to OWNER in an amount of 5.0 percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified check or bank money order or a Bid bond (on the form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2 of the General Conditions. 6.2 All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five (25) days after bids are opened, except those which the City elects to hold until the successful bidder has executed the Agreement. Thereafter, all remaining securities including security of the successful bidder, will be returned within sixty(60) days. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 3 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 ARTICLE 7- CONTRACT TIMES 7.1 The number of days for the completion of the Work (the Contract time) shall be as stated in the Agreement. Separate substantial completion deadlines are included for the work in Phase A where work can commence immediately upon receipt of the notice to proceed, and Phase B work which is dependent on the progress of the overall Plant Expansion to 30 MGD General Contractor. ARTICLE 8- LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8.1 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 9- SUBSTITUTE AND"OR-EQUAL"ITEMS 9.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or"or-equal"items. Whenever it is specified or described in the Bidding Documents that a substitute or"or-equal"item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to ENGINEER, application for such acceptance will not be considered by ENGINEER until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the prior statement, the CONTRACTOR shall not substitute Preselected Equipment. ARTICLE 10- PREPARATION OF BID PROPOSAL 10.1 The Bid Proposal, included with the Bidding Documents, shall be used. Supplemental data to be furnished shall be included in the same sealed envelope with the Proposal. 10.2 All blanks on the Bid Proposal shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed in ink. The Bid price of each item shall be stated in words, if specifically requested, and/or numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Proposal. A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternative, adjustment unit price item and unit price item listed therein,as applicable, or the words"No Bid,""No Change"or"Not Applicable"entered. 10.3 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary.The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner(whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.5 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown below the signature. 10.6 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 10.7 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each party of the joint venture in the manner indicated on the Bid Proposal. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown below the signature. 10.8 All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signatures. 10.9 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda,the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Proposal. 10.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 4 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 10.11 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. Bidder's state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Proposal. 10.12 Bidders shall complete all portions of the Bid Proposal. Any additional information or statements will not be considered in the evaluation of Bids. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in the Bid being rejected. ARTICLE 11 - BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS 11.1 Unit Price: A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid Schedule. B. The total of all estimated prices will be the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the corresponding unit price. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.6 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 11.2 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents as provided in Paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 12- SUBMITTAL OF BID PROPOSAL 12.1 Bidders shall use the Bid Proposal included in the Contract Documents, which may be detached from the Contract Documents, or, if provided, the separate unbound copy of the Bid Proposal. Bidders shall also submit the Bid Bond form, Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience, and Bid security. 12.2 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the Advertisement or Request for Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title(and, if applicable,the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system,the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation "SEALED BID." A mailed Bid shall be addressed to Mr. David Freireich, City of Round Rock. ARTICLE 13 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 13.1 A bidder wishing to withdraw his submitted sealed bid prior to the scheduled bid opening time must do so by presenting in person a written request signed by an authorized representative of the bidder to a City employee at the location for which sealed bids are to be addressed. No telephone, facsimile, or email requests will be accepted. The City will expend the time and effort that the City in its sole discretion determines is necessary to investigate the authenticity of a request before complying with the request. The City shall in its sole discretion determine if the City will comply with a request and the City shall not be held liable for not complying with a request. If the City does not comply with a request, the request shall automatically become null and void. 13.2 A bidder wishing to revise hiss sealed bid after submittal but before the scheduled bid opening time must first withdraw his bid as provided for in the Instructions to Bidders and then submit a sealed PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 5 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 bid in accordance with the Instructions to bidders. No revisions to a bid will be allowed after the scheduled bid opening time. The bidder shall be responsible for ensuring the amount of the bid security is as specified in the Instructions to Bidders. ARTICLE 14- OPENING OF BIDS 14.1 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the Request for Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. ARTICLE 15 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 15.1 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Request for Bid, but OWNER may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 16- EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.1 Award of the contract shall be based on the lowest total bid price for all bid items subject to the provisions in the contract documents the items listed below. 16.2 OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including, without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds,after reasonable inquiry and evaluation,to not be responsible. OWNER may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the City to make an award to that Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price,time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. 16.3 More than one bid for the same work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder has an interest in more than one bid for the work may be cause for disqualification of that bidder and the rejection of all bids in which that bidder has an interest. 16.4 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,and such alternates, unit prices and other data,as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 16.5 In evaluating Bidders, OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 16.6 In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids, the City reserves the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable and/or unbalanced prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids. 16.7 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 16.8 Bidder's compliance with Texas state law relative to award of contracts to nonresident bidders is required and will be considered in the evaluation of Bids. 16.9 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is the lowest priced technically acceptable Bid. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 6 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 16.10 Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the bids, and no bidder may withdraw his bid within said sixty(60) day period of time unless a prior award is made. A Notice to Proceed will be issued within sixty(60)days after contract Execution Date as defined in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 17 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 17.1 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth OWNER'S requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance. Within ten (10) days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the total Contract Amount. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas, indicating it is authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event then bonds exceeds$100,000.00,the surety must also(1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. • 17.2 In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City may rely on the list of companies holder certificates of authority as published in the Federal Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed. 17.3 The Contractor shaii not commence Work under the Agreement until he has furnished certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The contractor's insurer shall use the certificate of insurance form included in the bid documents of the standard ACORD form. 17.4 If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder,to arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the City, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(c). ARTICLE 18- SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.1 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully- signed counterpart to Successful Bidder. 18.2 Failure to execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of written notification of award or failure to furnish the performance bond and payment bond as required by item 17 above,shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of annulment of the award,the bid security shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 18.3 No contract shall be binding upon the City until it has been signed by its Mayor after having been duly authorized to do so by the City Council. 18.4 If awarded the bid, the bidder must complete a Form 1295 electronically on the Texas Ethics Commission(TEC)Website at http://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info form1295.htm and PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 7 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 submit the signed and notarized Form 1295 within then (10) business days of notification of the award. Instructions for completing a Form 1295 are attached as Exhibit"A"to the Instructions to Bidders. ARTICLE 19 - SALES AND USE TAXES 19.1 Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the Work. This contract is issued by an organization which is qualified for an exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section 151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code.The City will issue an exemption certificate to the Contractor.The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased.The contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate. Upon obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed: 1) The Contractor will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporated, materials to the City at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor; 2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City as soon as practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and 3) The designated representative of the City must be notified as soon as possible of the receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative. Where practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the City. 19.2 The Contractor, after execution of the contract and pursuant to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations, shall furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number(TIN)to the City. The Contractor shall provide the appropriate information on a W-9 form (which can be provided by the City upon request).This form shall be submitted directly to the City's Accounts Payable Department to ensure security of the information. ARTICLE 20 - RETAINAGE 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 21 - ADDITIONAL SETS OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 21.1 The CONTRACTOR to whom the Contract is awarded will be furnished electronic copies of the Drawings and Specifications as provided in Article 2.2 of the General Conditions and as modified by Paragraph 2.2 of the Supplementary Conditions. CONTRACTOR will be responsible for printing as many sets of the Contract Documents as may be deemed necessary. ARTICLE 22- EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES 22.1 CONTRACTOR agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin. CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and CONTRACTOR will indemnify and hold OWNER harmless for any failure to so comply and any discrimination for which CONTRACTOR may be charged. OWNER encourages PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 8 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 CONTRACTOR to provide equal opportunity to disadvantaged business enterprises, including minority-owned and female-owned businesses, to participate in the performance of this Contract. 22.2 This Contract shall be based upon payment by the CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors of wage rates not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for Work of a similar character in the locality in which the Work is performed and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work as described in Section 00900 Special Conditions. ARTICLE 23- AWARD OF CONTRACT TO NONRESIDENT BIDDER 23.1 A governmental entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident Bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lowest Bid submitted by a responsible resident Bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident Bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident Bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. (Source: Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 Subchapter A Nonresident Bidders,(§2252.002). The Bidder will complete Section 00 43 37"Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder"form, which must be submitted with the Bid. ARTICLE 24- PERMITS 24.1 Attention is directed to the requirements of the General Conditions regarding obtaining permits. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all applicable permits in connection with the Work. The Bid Prices shall include the costs for obtaining all required permits, as well as performing the work in arrnrrianra I.Nith tha narmit rani iiramantc ARTICLE 25 - QUANTITIES,ADD AND/OR DEDUCT ITEMS,ALTERNATE ITEMS 25.1 Any quantities given in any portion of the Bid Documents, including the drawings (plans), are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the estimates. The basis for payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material furnished as specified in the General Conditions. 25.2 If the Bid Form includes Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or otherwise provides for Alternate bids,the City will determine whether to select or not select one or more of the Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or Alternate bids at the City's sole discretion and for its greatest advantage. If the City selects any Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items,the total bid amount will be determined by adding the amount of the selected Add Alternate(s)to,and deducting the amount of the selected Deduct Alternate(s)from the Base Bid of the selected Alternate bid. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 9 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 11 13-PAGE 10 OF 10 0982-003-04 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS\00 11 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.DOCX EXHIBIT"A" FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to newly enacted Section 2252.90 of the Texas Government Code, as of January 1, 2016, any business entity entering into a contract with a local government that requires approval of the governing body must submit a disclosure of interested parties to the local governmental prior to the execution of the contract. The Texas Ethics Commission(TEC)has adopted a form for the disclosure of interested parties (Form 1295)and has created a website application for business entities to submit the required information. The City of Round Rock may not enter into a contract that requires the approval of the City Council until the business entity that is a party to the contract files a Form 1295 with the City Clerk. The instructions to complete Form 1295 and file it with the City Clerk are as follows: 1. Upon being notified of a bid award,the award recipient("business entity")must go to the following website: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info_forn1295.htm and follow the login directions on the website application to complete a Form 1295. If this is a business entity's first time logging on to the website application, the business entity must create a login Username and Password and then follow the application's instructions to complete a Form 1295. 2. The City does not have a Contract ID Number System. Please insert the project name in this box. 3. Even if a business entity has no interested parties, Form 1295 still must be completed using the WCuwiLC application and filed with the City sheik. 4. Once confirmation is received that the information has been submitted,the business entity MUST print,sign and notarize the printed out completed Form 1295. 5. The si2ned and notarized Form 1295 must be filed with the Clerk of the City of Round Rock within ten (10) business days of the date of notification of the award. The si2ned and notarized Form 1295 may be scanned and e-mailed to swhite(a�roundrocktexas.2ov OR mailed or hand-delivered to the address below. 6. Once the City Clerk receives the signed and notarized Form 1295, the City Clerk will submit confirmation of receipt through the TEC website application within thirty(30)days of the filing of Form 1295. 7. This process must be followed for each contract a business entity enters into with the City of Round Rock. 8. A Form 1295 cannot be handwritten. It must be completed electronically through the TEC website application. 9. If you have any questions regarding the filing of Form 1295,please contact: Sara White,City Clerk 221 East Main Street Round Rock,Texas 78664 Phone: (512)218-5404 Fax: (512)218-7097 E-mail: swhite@roundrocktexas.gov 00200 BID BOND r � BID BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That Prime Controls, LP of the City of Lewisville County of Denton State of Texas as Principal, and Westfield Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS ("Owner"), in the penal sum of Five Percent (5%) of the total amount of the Bid of the Principal submitted to the Owner,for the Work described below;for the payment whereof,well and truly to be made, and the said Principal and Surety do herby bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, as follows: In no case shall the liability of the Surety hereunder exceed the sum of(Five Percent of Greatest Amount Bid Dollars($ 5%G.A.B. ). THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that,whereas,the Principal has submitted the above-referenced Bid to the Owner, for construction of the Work under the "Specifications for Construction of Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System Plant Control System Replacement " for which Bids are to be opened at the office of Owner on the 5th day of November , 20 19 . NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal is awarded the Contract, and within the time and manner required under the "Instructions to Bidders," after the prescribed forms are presented to her/him for signature,enters into a written Agreement substantially in the form contained in the Bid Documents, in accordance with the Bid, and files the two (2) bonds with the Owner, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. In the event that suit is brought upon this Bond by the Owner and judgment is recovered,said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit,including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the Court. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Principal and Surety have signed this instrument on this the 5th day of the month of November 20 19 . Prime Controls, LP Westfield Insurance Company Pcipal Surety Nt ' Felix Navejar Printed Na► = Printed Name By: By: Title: Go` r I• PO4 r Title: Attorn- in-F. ' • •I J : Addr s: 1725 Lakepointe Drive Address: 2103 CityWest Blvg.Suitt 1300 -•; �, Lewisville, TX 75057 Houston, TX 7704 ; -.•s 00200 9-2015 Page 1 Bid Bond`•, f•....... ,1 00090652 *•00,, ►�t*rr;��t,%' 11.i1 Resident Agent of Sure : r Signature Eric Lesch Printed Name 1452 Hughes Rd., Suite 229 Street Address Grapevine, TX 76051 City, State,Zip Page 2 00200 9-2015 Bid Bond 00090652 IMPORTANT NOTICE STATE OF TEXAS COMPLAINT PROCEDURES 1. IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: 2. You may contact your agent. Puede comunicarse con su (title) al (telephone number). 3. You may call Westfield Insurance Company, Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de Westfield National Insurance Company, and/or Westfield Insurance Company, Westfield National Ohio Farmers Insurance Company's toll-free Insurance Company, and/or Ohio Farmers telephone number for information or to make a Insurance Company's para informacion o para complaint at: someter una queja al: 1-800-243-0210 1-800-243-0210 4. You may also write to Westfield Insurance Usted tambien puede escribir a Westfield Insurance Company, Westfield National Insurance Company, Company, Westfield National Insurance and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company at: Company, and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company: Attn: Bond Claims Attn: Bond Claims One Park Circle One Park Circle P 0 Box 5001 P 0 Box 5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251-5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251-5001 Fax#330-887-0840 Fax#330-887-0840 5. You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, Sequros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca coverages, rights or complaints at: de companies, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 6. You may write to the Texas Department of Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Insurance, Consumer Protection Section (MC 111-1A): Texas, Consumer Protection Section (MC 111-1A): P.O. Box 149091 P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax: (512)490-1007 Fax: (512)490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection[a�tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection(a�tdi.texas.gov 7. PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un about a claim, you should contact the agent, Westfield reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente, Westfield Insurance Company, Westfield National Insurance Insurance Company, Westfield National Insurance Company, or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company first. If Company, o Ohio Farmers Insurance Company the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede Department of Insurance. entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). 8. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es This notice is for information only and does not become solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte a part or condition of the attached document. en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. BD5430 (06-15) 4 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIOUS POWER BEARING THIS SAME POWER#AND ISSUED PRIOR TO 08/28/18, FOR ANY PERSON OR PERSONS NAMED BELOW. General POWER NO. 4220152 03 Power Westfield Insurance Co. of Attorney Westfield National Insurance Co. CERTIFIED COPY Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a "Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint CLEM F. LESCH,ERIC LESCH,MELISSA LESCH, FELIX NAVEJAR,JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY of GRAPEVINE and State of TX its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship . LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE,OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President,sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY,WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "Be It Resolved,that the President, any Senior Executive,any Secretary or any Fidelity&Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney-in-Fact. may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company,to execute,acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "Be it Further Resolved,that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000). In Witness Whereof WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 28th day of AUGUST A.D.,2018 . . w.►...MI Corporate '•'' ""'ti ••'"""",,,,.,.. WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY Seals h'.. a......; `?'�P�"�N �!1rsG,, Jam ',. •........••''.,' WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY Affixed so{ .ati. ;p: :. �`j ��''�, -�• '•:�� 3 :• OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY . SEALit f .SEAL m_ -o: _ -:;0.)- Jr)-; tip 18 4 s ATI . ? K.je_ ‘y .a State of Ohioes By: Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and County of Medina ss.: Senior Executive On this 28th day of AUGUST A.D.,2018 , before me personally came Dennis P. Baus to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY,WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY,the companies described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of said Companies;that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies;and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial _oomum..,... Seal 10AL ,;•,,ice Affixed ,CP..`.,.. , ,Perited160". • - David A. Kotnik, Attorney at Law, Notary Public State of Ohio .,P� > ^� il./o My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) County of Medina ss.: t. .9 re.-.h , I, Frank A.Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY,WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore,the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center�,��chio, this 5th day of November A.D., 2019 •• ..•�•" ,•., yr .Z1.D O t ; A�� ;;; ( E4) _ `; : � �aw; _ �s. �• .• 0.: _ '•so.•. 8 \if::: :• Frank A. Carrino, Secrta�r• L.'..4 •• i „4. " 4�i • •i' .° '� .. •• `� BPOAC2 (combined) (06-02) r°''#,,, * 00%, WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER OF PRIME CONTROLS,L.P. November 11,2019 The undersigned, being the sole General Partner and President of PRIME CONTROLS,L.P., a Texas limited partnership (the "Partnership"), acting pursuant to the Texas Business Organizations Code, Consent to and approve the following resolutions and each and every action effected thereby: Approval of Signature Authority WHEREAS, the Partnership desires to give the General Partner, Mr. Jace McNiel, the authority to sign and execute project bids as the company's representative for the Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility—East Plant,Plant Control System Replacement project; WHEREAS, the undersigned General Partner of the Partnership deems it to be in the best interest of the Partnership to approve the above signature authority; NOW, THEREFORE,BE IT RESOLVED, that the General Partner of the Partnership hereby approve the signature authority; RESOLVED FURTHER, that the General Partner of the Partnership hereby consent to the signature authority and authorize Mr. Jace McNiel to act on behalf of the company and have authority to execute the bid for the Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility—East Plant, Plant Control System Replacement project. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being all of the partners of the Partnership, have executed this consent effective as of the date first written above. GENERA ARTNER: 7/ /ti Jace iel, resident& General Partner Acknow ement STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF DENTON,SS: On the day of November,2019 personally appeared before me,the undersigned Notary Public,personally known to me(or satisfactorily proven)to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument,and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies),and by his/her/their signature(s)on the within instrument,the person(s),or the entity(ies)on behalf of which the person(s)acted,executed the within instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my official seal,on the day set forth above. LX-a/t614\k.*UrRO A., 4C.U.A.1 Notary Public �..0"4"10. ��i KATELYN MARIE YOUNG :.cir.Notary Public,State of Texas My Commission expires: ?� —•• •_ Comm.Expires 08-24-2023 i OFS��. 1,,,go`` Notary ID 130343724 289252v1/3594.010 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 SECTION 00 31 00 BID PROPOSAL Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility—East Plant, Plant Control Project Name: System Replacement ARTICLE 1 - BID RECIPIENT 1.1 This Bid is submitted to: City of Round Rock Attn: David Freireich, Chief Utility Engineer Utilities and Environmental Services 2008 Enterprise Dr. Round Rock,TX 78664 ARTICLE 2- BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.1 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the City of Round Rock, to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. 2.2 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. 2.3 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Contract Documents as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 3 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. Addendum No. Addendum Date Addendum 1 10/28/2019 Addendum 2 11/01/2019 Addendum 3 11/08/2019 Addendum 4 11/12/2019 B. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 1 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress and the furnishings of Goods and Special Services. D. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or accepts the consequences for not doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. F. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations,tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder. I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted. ARTICLE 4- FURTHER REPRESENTATIONS 4.1 Bidder further represents that: A. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; B. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; C. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and D. Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner. ARTICLE 5- BASIS OF BID 5.1 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the prices shown in the attached Bid Schedule. PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 2 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 ARTICLE 6-TIME OF COMPLETION 6.1 Bidder agrees that the Equipment and Services to be furnished will be provided complete on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the AGREEMENT. ARTICLE 7 - DEFINED TERMS 7.1 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Special Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8-VENUE 8.1 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Williamson County,Texas, for any legal action. PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 3 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 ARTICLE 9 - BID SUBMITTAL This Bid submitted by: Prime Controls, L.P. If Bidder is: A Corporation Corporation Name: Prime Controls, L.P. (Seal) (typed or printed) State of Incorporation: TX Type: (General Bus' e , Professi nal, S rvice, Limited Liability) limited partn a rs h i p By: (1,•. ure- ttach idence of authority to sign) Name: J . e McNiel (typed or printed) Title: General Partner (CORPO r SEAL) Attest: ktx;(9_ signature of Corporate Secretary) Date of Qualification to do business in Texas is March 1 , 2004 (State where Project Located) (Date) A Joint Venture: Name of Joint Venture: (typed or printed) First Joint Venture Name: (Seal) By: (signature of first joint venture partner-attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Second Joint Venture Name: (Seal) By: (signature of second joint venture partner-attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 4 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.) Contact for receipt of official communications: Name: Business Address: Phone: Facsimile: E-mail: Bid Submitted on: State Contractor License No. . (If applicable) PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 5 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 COST PROPOSAL FORM REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS(RFP) FOR THE BRUSHY CREEK REGIONAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY—EAST PLANT, PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM REPLACEMENT DATE: November 14, 2019 PROJECT NAME: Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility—East Plant, Plant Control system Replacement Proposal of Prime Controls, L.P. (hereinafter called Bidder). To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Round Rock,Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Ladies and Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Request for Proposals (RFP) for the Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility— East Plant, Plant Control System Replacement having carefully examined the requirements of the RFP, the specifications included in the RFP, instructions to Bidders, general requirements including selection process and evaluation criteria, Special Conditions and all other related RFP documents, and being familiar with all of the technical and performance requirements and operating conditions, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, supplies, and services for supply and installation of all equipment in accordance with the RFP at the Total Firm System Price (Price) stated below. The Price covers all expenses incurred in supplying, inspecting, testing, training, and starting up the expansion and upgrades in accordance with the requirements of the RFP. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED NO. QUANTITY AMOUNT A. Construction of the Phase A LS 1 improvements as the general contractor for the work, complete and in place by plans and specifications, per lump sum of One Millioh Three. 1--}w►.nci,,e a►r.d -ten thotAsa.,d 1 3 Jp,y2 o.oo FOwr R.^^A,.d ate•a 1-,A.0A,4 y r 010,o,y2 0.o0 Dollars and Zero Cents. $ $ B. Construction of the Phase B LS 1 improvements as a subcontractor to a yet to be selected general contractor who will be executing a major plant expansion, complete and in place by plans and specifications, per lump sum of 5}X hmnr h tcI a...1 hNv irecl avd EiSxh'eK (ois 118.00 Dollars and Zero Cents. 615, 118•00 $ $ PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 6 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED NO. QUANTITY AMOUNT TOTAL AMOUNT BID (Items A. and B.) 21538. 00 OFFEROR'S INITIALS END OF SECTION PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 7 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 ATTACHMENT AD2-1 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER 00 31 00-Page 8 of 8 Attachment AD2-1 0982-003-04 BID PROPOSAL SEPTEMBER 2019 C:\PROJECTS\0982-003-04-BRUSHY CREEK PCS REPLACEMENT\ATTACHMENT AD2-1 00 31 00 BID PROPOSAL.DOCX 00410 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S SAFETY EXPERIENCE Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 Solicitation Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of Contract Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410 Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. Prime Controls, L.P. Company Name: 1725 Lakepointe Dr, Lewisville, TX 75057 972-221-4849 Address: Phone: Completed by: ;G k NorII. J1- Date: /'/-/y-2o!? 1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? ❑✓Yes ❑No 2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? ❑✓Yes ❑No 3. Does the company have an active construction safety-training program? ❑Yes ❑No 4. Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past ❑Yes ❑✓ No three years? 5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15,or 7.6 for SIC 16, ❑✓Yes 0 No or less over the past three years? Attach the company's OSHA 200/300 logs for the past three years. 6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the following Areas? A. Scaffolding ❑Yes ❑No ❑✓ N/A B. Excavation ❑Yes ❑No ❑✓ N/A C. Cranes ['Yes ❑No ❑✓ N/A D. Electrical ['Yes ❑No ❑N/A E. Fall Protection El Yes ❑No ❑N/A F. Confined Spaces ✓❑Yes ['No ❑N/A I hereby certify that the above information is true and correct. Signature = Title Aceo,,,,,,� J✓1�,,,,,3� Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 SECTION 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower that the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blank in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the statute is attached. Nonresident bidders in the state of , our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the state of Texas. ❑ BIDDER: By: (Signature) Title: Date: END OF SECTION PLUMMER 00 43 37-PAGE 1 OF 2 0982-003-04 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW FOR NON RESIDENT BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER 00 43 37-PAGE 2 OF 2 0982-003-04 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW FOR NON RESIDENT BIDDERS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\3-BALANCE OF DESIGN SPECS\DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS\00 31 13 BID BOND.DOCX 00500 AGREEMENT City of Round Rock, Texas Contract Forms Standard Form of Agreement: Section 00500 City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor AGREEMENT made as of the SOIC44 V44144(4)day of rTM1/101 P in the year 20** . ,J BETWEEN the Owner: City of Round Rock,Texas(hereafter"Owner"or"City") 221 East Main Street Round Rock,Texas 78664 and the Contractor Prime Controls,LP ("Contractor") 1725 Lakepointe Drive Lewisville,TX 75057 The Project is described as: Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System Plant Control System Replacement The Engineer is: Plummer Associates,Inc. 6300 La Calma,Suite 400 Austin,TX 78752 For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings, Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements, either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 00500 4-2016 Page 1 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00307791 ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT;DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION;DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner. 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.3 Contractor shall commence Work within ten ( 10 ) calendar days from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the items of Work listed on Attachment A to this Agreement no later than two hundred and ten ( 210 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, and Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than one thousand ( 1000 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed,subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof) on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement,Contractor shall pay to Owner,as liquidated damages, the sum of five hundred and No/100 Dollars($500.00 )for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion. It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled hereunder are a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement.It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure,which includes loss of expected use of the Project areas,provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of moving and occupancy dates,is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation.It is hereby agreed that if Substantial Completion of the Work (or any portion thereof) is not achieved on or before thirty (30) days after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement,the Owner shall have the option to either collect liquidated damages as set forth herein or to thereafter rely on its remedies under the Contract Documents and at law and in equity, including without limitation,the recovery of actual damages.The date(s)specified for Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work no later than one thousand and ninety ( 1,090 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be one million three hundred ten thousand four hundred twenty dollars and zero cents ($ 1,310,420.00 ),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form? No X . Yes .If yes,please provide details below: N/A N/A 00500 4-2016 Page 2 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00307791 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Engineer and Owner by Contractor,and Certificates for Payment issued by Engineer and not disputed by Owner and/or Owner's lender,Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to Contractor as provided below, in Article 14 of the City of Round Rock General Conditions,and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner, and Engineer issues a Certificate of Payment not later than the tenth(10th)day of a month,Owner shall make payment to Contractor not later than the tenth(10th)day of the next month. If an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by Owner not later than one month after the Engineer issues a Certificate for Payment. 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Engineer and Owner may require.This schedule,unless objected to by Engineer or Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall warrant the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as provided in Article 14 of the City of Round Rock General Conditions. 5.1.7 Except with Owner's prior written approval, Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by Owner to Contractor when: .1 Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work, and to satisfy other requirements,if any,which extend beyond final payment;and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Engineer. 5.2.2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of Engineer's final Certificate for Payment. In no event shall final payment be required to be made prior to thirty(30) days after all Work on the Contract has been fully performed.Defects in the Work discovered prior to final payment shall be treated as non-conforming Work and shall be corrected by Contractor prior to final payment,and shall not be treated as warranty items. ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by Owner or Contractor as provided in Article 15 of the City of Round Rock General Conditions. 00500 4-2016 Page 3 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00307791 6.2 The Work may be suspended by Owner as provided in Article 15 of the City of Round Rock General Conditions. ARTICLE 7 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: 7.1.1 The Agreement is this executed version of the City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor,as modified. 7.1.2 The General Conditions are the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 00700," General Conditions, as modified. 7.1.3 The Supplementary,Special,and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2019 7.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2019 • 7.1.5 The Drawings,if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2019 7.1.6 The Insurance&Construction Bond Forms of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2019 7.1.7 The Notice to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,Bid Form,and Addenda,if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated November 2019 7.1.8 If this Agreement covers construction involving federal funds, thereby requiring inclusion of mandated contract clauses, such federally required clauses are those contained in the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 03000,"Federally Required Contract Clauses,as modified. 7.1.9 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: Attachment A ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of any document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2 Owner's representative is: David Freireich,Chief Utility Engineer Utilities&Environmental Services 3400 Sunrise Road,Round Rock,Texas 78665 (512)671-2756 8.3 Contractor's representative is: Jason McNiel,President&General Partner 1725 Lakepointe Dr. Lewisville,TX 75057 (972)221-4849 8.4 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten(10)days'written notice to the other party. 8.5 Waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not constitute waiver of any subsequent breach. 00500 4-2016 Page 4 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00307791 8.6 Owner agrees to pay Contractor from available funds for satisfactory performance of this Agreement in accordance with the bid or proposal submitted therefor,subject to proper additions and deductions,all as provided in the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Special Conditions of this Agreement, and Owner agrees to make payments on account thereof as provided therein. Lack of funds shall render this Agreement null and void to the extent funds are not available. This Agreement is a commitment of City of Round Rock's current revenues only. 8.7 Although this Agreement is drawn by Owner,both parties hereto expressly agree and assert that,in the event of any dispute over its meaning or application,this Agreement shall be interpreted reasonably and fairly,and neither more strongly for nor against either party. 8.8 This Agreement shall be enforceable in Round Rock,Texas,and if legal action is necessary by either party with respect to the enforcement of any or all of the terms or conditions herein,exclusive venue for same shall lie in Williamson County, Texas. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and court decisions of the State of Texas. 8.9 Both parties hereby expressly agree that no claims or disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or a breach thereof shall be decided by an arbitration proceeding,including without limitation,any proceeding under the Federal Arbitration Act(9 USC Section 1-14)or any applicable state arbitration statute. 8.10 The parties, by execution of this Agreement, bind themselves, their heirs, successors, assigns, and legal representatives for the full and faithful performance of the terms and provisions hereof. This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three(3) original copies, of which one is to be delivered to Contractor, one to Engineer for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR CIT4rn / 0ROUND R TEXAS PRIME CO ROLS,LP Printeme: N1 0 IJ Printed e: JASON MC N I EL Title ` 211611 . Titl President&General Partner Date Signed: I .!.1 •7-a VU Date Signed: December 20,2019 ATTEST: VW, nt.766& City Clerk FOR ,APPROVED AS TO FORM: 111110'! ►,v) City Atto' ey 00500 4-2016 Page 5 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00307791 ATTACHMENT A Work associated with Phase A shall be completed by the initial substantial completion deadline listed in the Agreement. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 50 00-Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 AGREEMENT—ATTACHMENT A SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 50 00-Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 AGREEMENT—ATTACHMENT A SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS\00500 AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT A.DOCX 00600 INSURANCE AND CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Sheet 1. Insurance Company must be licensed by State of Texas. 2. Agent signing bonds must be licensed in Texas. 3. Agent signing bonds must have Power of Attorney on behalf of insurance company. 4. If Agent signing bonds has Power of Attorney, but not licensed in Texas, then the bond must be counter-signed by Texas local recording agent. ALL THE ABOVE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT Texas Department of Insurance website—www.tdi.state.tx.us 5. Make sure the dollar amount on both Performance and Payment Bonds match the amount of the Agreement&Bid Form Sheet. 6. Both Performance and Payment Bonds should be signed by Authorized Person. If the contractor is a corporation, then it should be signed by the President or the Vice-President. If the contractor is not incorporated, then it may be signed by the Owner. Please state the title of the authorized person. Bond No. 060005Q PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That Prime Controls, LP of the City of Lewisville , County of Denton , and State of Texas , as Principal, and Westfield Insurance Company authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK,TEXAS, (Owner), in the penal sum of One Million Three Hundred Ten Thousand Four Hundred Twenty and No/100 Dollars ($ 1,310,420.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the h 2.1 day of Adi rrrbcr , 2020to which the Agreement is herebyreferred to and made apart hereof fullyand to the same extent as if copied at length P g herein consisting of: Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System Plant Control System Replacement (Name of the Project) NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of, the Principal in performing the Work covered by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00610 7-2009 Performance Bond 00090656 PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the term of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans, Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 20th day of December , 2019 . Prime Controls,LP Westfield Insurance Company Principal Surety i'ea Felix Navejar Printed Name Printed Name By: / By: Title: ��dna• - , .i. ; PIkY Title: Attorne -in-Fac Addres . 725 Lakepointe Drive Address: P.O. Box 5001 Lewisville, TX 75057 Westfield Center, OH 44251 Resident Agent of Surety: Signatur Felix Navejar c;: "4`4 Printed Name 7'' • 1452 Hughes Rd., Suite 229 •'•., �L;:, ` ,r Street Address '�J..1 c, ��,,,� Grapevine, TX 76051 ••••..,,,,,,,,,►►_`' City, State &Zip Code Page 2 00610 7-2009 Performance Bond 00090656 Bond No. 060005Q PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That Prime Controls, LP , of the City of Lewisville , County of Denton , and State of Texas as Principal, and Westfield Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals, are held and firmly bound unto THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of One Million Three Hundred Ten Thousand Four Hundred Twenty and No/100 Dollars ($ 1,310,420.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner, dated the day of Qj G{cr er , 201,19, to which Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System Plant Control System Replacement (Name of the Project) NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts, work, labor, equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00620 7-2009 Payment Bond 00090656 PAYMENT BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect it's obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument this 20th day of December , 2019 . Prime Controls, LP Westfield Insurance Company Principal Surety GL. v\ ReA Felix Navejar Printed Name Printed Name By: By: opeica Title: 1.rknor Title: Attorne -in-Fa Addres • 1725 Lakepointe Drive Address: P.O. Box 5001 Lewisville, TX 75057 Westfield Center, OH 44251 Resident Agent of Surety: Signature Felix Navejar r:; .4 •k Printed Name i'; 1452 Hughes Rd., Suite 229 �� .•....... Street Address ••. I,7/41 G�.•,. Grapevine, TX 76051 Page 2 00620 7-2009 Payment Bond 00090656 IMPORTANT NOTICE STATE OF TEXAS COMPLAINT PROCEDURES 1. IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: 2. You may contact your agent. Puede comunicarse con su (title) al (telephone number). 3. You may call Westfield Insurance Company, Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de Westfield National Insurance Company, and/or Westfield Insurance Company, Westfield National Ohio Farmers Insurance Company's toll-free Insurance Company, and/or Ohio Farmers telephone number for information or to make a Insurance Company's para informacion o para complaint at: someter una queja al: 1-800-243-0210 1-800-243-0210 4. You may also write to Westfield Insurance Usted tambien puede escribir a Westfield Insurance Company, Westfield National Insurance Company, Company, Westfield National Insurance and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company at: Company, and/or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company: Attn: Bond Claims Attn: Bond Claims One Park Circle One Park Circle P O Box 5001 P O Box 5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251-5001 Westfield Center, OH 44251-5001 Fax#330-887-0840 Fax#330-887-0840 5. You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Insurance to obtain information on companies, Sequros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca coverages, rights or complaints at: de companies, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 6. You may write to the Texas Department of Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Insurance, Consumer Protection Section (MC 111-1A): Texas, Consumer Protection Section (MC 111-1A): P.O. Box 149091 P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax: (512)490-1007 Fax: (512)490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection(�tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtectiontdi.texas.gov 7. PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un about a claim, you should contact the agent, Westfield reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente, Westfield Insurance Company, Westfield National Insurance Insurance Company, Westfield National Insurance Company, or Ohio Farmers Insurance Company first. If Company, o Ohio Farmers Insurance Company the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede Department of Insurance. entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). 8. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es This notice is for information only and does not become solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte a part or condition of the attached document. en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. BD5430 (06-15) THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY SUPERCEDES ANY PREVIOUS POWER BEARING THIS SAME POWER#AND ISSUED PRIOR TO 08/28/18,FOR ANY PERSON OR PERSONS NAMED BELOW. • General POWER NO. 4220152 03 Power Westfield Insurance Co. of Attorney Westfield National Insurance Co. CERTIFIED COPY Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a "Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint CLEM F. LESCH,ERIC LESCH,MELISSA LESCH,FELIX NAVEJAR,JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY of GRAPEVINE and State of TX its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship - . LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE,OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President,sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY,WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "Be It Resolved,that the President, any Senior Executive,any Secretary or any Fidelity&Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney-in-Fact. may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company,to execute,acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary." "Be it Further Resolved,that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000). In Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 28th day of AUGUST A.D.,2018 . . Corporate '++ '" '•'"'""""'"• WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY Seals At44%as'<Ifld:d�''ti `r•`-ae;��N ,�;s''', r•,3g1.- •��4ry�. WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY Affixed/ENO MAO cl :O: ••13-^ _'_��'%'-��••�''•;e�`''s OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY u: 'to I =( sriu ItSMITERE V I �SEAL ti L . �::_m.• .:or z •:ate; „,‘+ By: State of Ohio . • *" """" Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and County of Medina ss.: Senior Executive On this 28th day of AUGUST A.D., 2018 , before me personally came Dennis P. Baus to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY,WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of said Companies;that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial -.. davil/driFA. ..,,.�•Na��My, Seal ,se-P�1 A L Sys Affixed k: `;ifi/.. ,,.ram: ,�:.• r, • - David A. Kotnik, Attorney at Law, Notary Public State of Ohio tor, ) 'q. o My Commission Does Not Expire(Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) County of Medina ss.: ,�'— ' � �. o r I, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY,WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore,the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, this 20th day of December A.D. 2019 . • ,mow•+••MIN% , un a+ur. • u++++n+ �11H1111111j1j/ ssUR ` (7NA� • .0..4. +. � V'•r �� •'�' ,, ` •� %` iii..,%‘,.1§Y.1*%tIREl : • ,�\ ,• r.♦ +1 sir�li ti O ki = °= •• a .t !•I :::"..4A .• •.6 C�'� ''_ ,J E 134 SEAL c m' CO; Ea:. 1i. x °` ,: ' �, s ';,F�b ' ,V ,-- % i0�` =3 8 :�; Frank A. Carrino, SecReirar (' T ; ! • "- z' ••....•+' ... . �3i* .,..•''-4�� : 1-• �J►.iI :v BPOAC2 (combined) (06-02) dy,�� ♦r''•�••''•• . CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Instruction Sheet 1. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE FORM The City of Round Rock's Certificate of Liability Insurance form provided herein or a standard ACORD form. 2. PRODUCER and INSURED -Please list name, address,phone number and e-mail. 3. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE — TDI number required. The TDI number can be obtained from the Texas Dept of Insurance Website: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us/.—Company Lookup. Note:Exception to this rule.In certain instances where there is unusual risks involved,Surplus Lines Insurance Carriers can be used.Below are the guidelines: a. Insurance Company does not have to be"licensed in Texas",but they do have to be"eligible for a Texas license." Please verify with the Texas Dept of Insurance Website:http://www.tdi.state.tx.us/.—Company Lookup b. Policy has to be written by licensed surplus lines Agent. Also verify with the Texas Dept of Insurance Website:http://www.tdi.state.tx.us/-Agent Lookup 4. TYPES OF INSURANCE COVERAGE— CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: Please double check the General Conditions and the Supplemental General Conditions for the types and amounts of insurance required. The Supplemental General Conditions usually state the following: a. Business Automobile Liability Insurance b. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance c. Commercial General Liability Insurance d. Builders' Risk Insurance— (Generally required for all "vertical" construction. Check with Project Manager for requirements.) FOR ALL OTHER CONTRACTS, PLEASE REFER TO THE INSURANCE SECTION FOR TYPE OF INSURANCE REQUIRED. (For example Engineering Service Contracts usually require"professional liability insurance".) 5. EFFECTIVE DATE &EXPIRATION DATE Please make sure dates are current. 6. City of Round Rock must be listed on the Certificate of Insurance as an additional insured (except Workers Compensation and Builders Risk). 7. Certificate must indicate that the insurance Company must give the City of Round Rock notice of any changes, cancellation, etc. at least thirty(30)days prior to date of change. 8. Make sure Certificate is signed by an Agent Licensed in the State of Texas, this can also be found on the Texas Department of Insurance website—www.tdi.state.tx.us—Agent Lookup. DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) A CCPR 0® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 12/20/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Frost Insurance Agency, Inc. PHONE Alexandra Herrera FAX PO Box 225749 (A/c,No,Ext):214-515-4182 (A/C,No):214-515-4199 Dallas TX 75222 ADDARESS: Alexandra.Herrera@frostinsurance.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A:Atlantic Specialty Ins Company 27154 INSURED PRIME-9 INSURER B:Westchester Surplus Lines Ins 10172 Prime Controls LP;JADA Enterprises, LLC Prime ERP Gulf, LLC INSURER C: 1725 Lakepointe Drive INSURER D: Lewisville TX 75057 INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1580562221 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTRINSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 7110162180001 4/23/2019 4/23/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES(Ea occurrence) $500,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 POLICY PRO- JECT X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 OTHER: Emp Ben. $1,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 7110162180001 4/23/2019 4/23/2020 COMBINEDaaccident) SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 (E X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) A X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR 7110162180001 4/23/2019 4/23/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $10,000,000 DED RETENTION$f1 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION 4060451670001 4/23/2019 4/23/2020 X STATUTE OTH- ER AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N N/A (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A Professional 7600103840001 4/23/2019 4/23/2020 Per Claim/Aggregate $3,000,000 B Pollution Liability G71141354002 6/7/2019 6/7/2020 Occurence/Deductible $5,000,000/$10,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement on primary and non-contributory basis when required by written contract. The General Liability and Auto policy includes blanket automatic additional insured endorsements when there is a written contract between the named insured and certificate holder,executed prior to the occurrence of a loss,which requires such status for on-going operations(ISO Form CG 20 10 04 13)and completed operations(ISO Form CG 20 37 04 13).Umbrella is follow-form subject to the terms and conditions to the policy. The General Liability,Auto Liability and Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract with the Named Insured and the certificate holder that requires such status. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City Manager ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Round Rock 221 E. Main Street AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Round Rock TX 78664 Ve4tri.,/i7f/4:- ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Policy Number: 7110162180001 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. @VANTAGE FOR AUTOMOBILE - TEXAS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM The following schedule lists the coverage extensions provided by this endorsement. Refer to the individual provi- sions to determine the extent of your coverage. SCHEDULE OF COVERAGE EXTENSIONS 1. Additional Insured By Contract 12. Employee Hired Autos 2. Airbag Discharge 13. Fellow Employee Exclusion 3. Auto Theft Reward 14. Glass Repair—Waiver of Deductible 4. Blanket Waiver of Subrogation 15. Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage 5. Bodily Injury Redefined —Mental Anguish 16. Lease Gap Coverage 6. Broad Form Named Insured 17. Liability Coverage—Supplementary Payments 7. Communications Equipment 18. Newly Formed or Acquired Organizations 8. Diminution in Value 19. Physical Damage—Transportation Expenses 9. Drive Other Car—Executive Officers 20. Rental Reimbursement—Private Passenger 10. Duties In The Event of Accident, Claim, Suit or Vehicles Loss 21. Towing—Any Covered Auto 11. Employees As Insureds 1. ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT The Who Is An Insured provision under SECTION II —LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended to include as an additional insured any person or organization with whom you agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is afforded under this Coverage Form. Such person or organization is an insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part by your maintenance, operation or use of your covered "autos". With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply: a. Unless the written contract or agreement has been executed or the permit has been issued prior to the "bodily injury"or"property damage"; b. To any person or organization included as an insured by endorsement or in the Declarations, or c. To any lessor of"autos"when their contract or agreement with you for such leased "auto"ends. 2. AIRBAG DISCHARGE If you purchased physical damage coverage for a covered"auto" under this policy, we will pay to reset or replace an airbag that accidentally discharges without the vehicle being involved in an accident No deductible applies to this additional coverage. However, this coverage only applies if the airbag is not covered under a manufacturer's warranty and you did not intentionally cause the airbag to discharge. 3. AUTO THEFT REWARD We will pay up to a $2,000 reward in the event of a covered loss, for information leading to the arrest and conviction of anyone stealing a covered "auto". A reward will not be paid to you, a family member, employee or any public official while performing their duty. 4. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The Transfer Of Rights of Recovery Against Others To Us condition under SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A. LOSS CONDITIONS is replaced by the following: We will waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of the operation of a covered "auto"when you have assumed liability for such "bodily injury" or "property damage" under an "insured contract", provided the contract is in writing and executed prior to the"bodily injury"or"property damage". VCA 627 TX 01 09 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc. Page 1 of 5 Copyright 2009,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC E-INSURED 5. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED—MENTAL ANGUISH The definition of"bodily injury" under SECTION V—DEFINITIONS is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness, or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish or death resulting from any of these at any time. 6. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED a. The Who Is An Insured provision under SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended to include the following: Any organization which is a legally incorporated entity in which you own a financial interest of more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of this Coverage Form will be a Named Insured until the 180th day or the end of the policy period whichever come first, provided there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. b. Paragraph a. of this provision 6. does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" for which an "in- sured" is also an insured under any other automobile policy or would be an insured under such a policy, but for its termination or the exhaustion of its limit of insurance. 7. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT a. The exclusion for electronic equipment under Exclusions of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COV- ERAGE does not apply to loss of any permanently installed, non-removable communications equipment designed for use as a: 1. Citizen's band radio; 2. Two-way mobile radio or telephone; 3. Scanning monitor receiver, or 4. GPS Navigation System including its antenna and other accessories. b. No Deductible applies to this additional coverage. c. The most we will pay for this coverage is$5,000 per occurrence. 8. DIMINUTION IN VALUE The "diminution in value" exclusion under SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. Exclusions does not apply if the covered "auto" is a private passenger "auto" and is leased, rented, hired or borrowed without a driver for a period of 30 days or less and is used in the conduct of the insured's business. The most we will pay for"loss" arising out of an "accident" is the lesser of$7,500 or 20% of the actual cash value of the "auto"as determined by Kelley Blue Book or other independent valuation sources. 9. DRIVE OTHER CAR—EXECUTIVE OFFICERS a. The Who Is An Insured provision under SECTION II—LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended to include: If you are designated in the Declarations as: 1. An individual; you and your spouse. 2. A partnership; your partners and their spouses. 3. An organization other than an individual or a partnership; your"executive officers"and their spouses. b. SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE and SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE are ex- tended to include "autos" you don't own, hire, lease or borrow while in the care, custody or control of an insured listed in 9.a.This does not include any"auto": 1. Owned by any insured listed in 9.a., or any member of their household, including any such "auto"that is owned but not insured; 2. Used by an insured listed in 9.a. while working in the business of selling servicing, repairing or park- ing autos; or, 3. Insured under another policy of insurance. If Medical Payments, Uninsured/Underinsured Motorist, Personal Injury Protection or other compulsory coverages required by the governing jurisdiction are covered on this policy, then insureds listed in 9.a. above and family members residing in the same households are"insureds"while: 1. Occupying as a passenger, or 2. A pedestrian when struck by Page 2 of 5 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc. VCA 627 TX 01 09 Copyright 2009,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC any auto you do not own, hire, lease or borrow, except any auto owned by that insured listed in 9.a, their family members or an auto insured under any other policy. c. The limits and deductibles applicable to this provision will be the largest applicable to any owned "auto" for the specific insurance. d. The following definition is added to the DEFINITIONS section of the policy: "Executive officer" means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter, consti- tution, by-laws or any similar governing document. e. The Other Insurance Condition, under Section IV— BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, does not apply to the provisions of this Drive Other Car endorsement. There is no"other insurance" applicable to this en- dorsement. 10. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM,SUIT OR LOSS Under SECTION IV—BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS —the Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss Condition is amended as follows: The requirements that you must a. notify us of an "accident"claim, "suit"or"loss"and b. send us documents concerning a claim or"suit" apply only when such "accident"claim, "suit"or"loss" is known to: a. You, if you are an individual; b. A partner, if you are a partnership; c. An executive officer of the corporation or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; or d. A manager, if you are a limited liability company. 11. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS The Who Is An Insured provision under SECTION ll — LIABILITY COVERAGE is changed by adding the following: Any employee of yours while using a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. This coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. 12. Employee Hired Autos The following is added to the Who Is An Insured Provision: An "employee"of yours is an "insured"while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contact or agreement in that"employee's" name, with your permission,while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. For purposes of this coverage grant, paragraph 5.b. of the Other Insurance Condition in the Business Auto Coverage Form is replaced by the following: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: 1. Any covered "auto"you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and 2. Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employ- ee's"name,with your permission,while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any"auto"that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". This coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. 13. FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION The Fellow Employee exclusion under SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE does not apply if the "bodily injury" results from the use of a covered "auto"you own or hire.This coverage is excess over any other insur- ance. 14. GLASS REPAIR—WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Under Paragraph D—Deductible—of SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the following is add- ed: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 15. HIRED AUTO—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE If hired "autos"are covered "autos" under SECTION II—LIABILITY COVERAGE and if Comprehensive, Speci- fied Causes of Loss, or Collision coverages are provided under this policy for any"auto" you own, then SEC- TION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is extended to"autos"you hire, subject to the following limit: VCA 627 TX 01 09 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc. Page 3 of 5 Copyright 2009,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC The most we will pay for"loss"to any hired"auto"is the lesser of: a. $75,000 for"autos"of the private passenger type and $50,000 for all other"autos", b. The actual cash value, or c. The cost of repairing or replacing it with other property of like kind or quality. The deductible will be equal to the largest deductible applicable to any owned "auto"for that coverage. No de- ductible applies to"loss"caused by fire or lightning. Subject to the above limit and deductible, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered "auto"you own. We will also cover loss of use of the hired "auto" if the following conditions are met: a. it results from an accident, b. you are legally liable, and c. the lessor incurs an actual financial loss. The most we will pay for this loss of use coverage is$1,000 per"accident". 16. LEASE GAP COVERAGE Under Paragraph C. Limit of Insurance — of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, the follow- ing is added: If a covered "auto" is leased, we will also pay the difference between the actual cash value of a covered "au- to"at the time of"loss"and the remaining balance on your lease if the following conditions are met: a. The "auto" has a long term lease and is covered on this policy. b. The lessor is added as an Additional Insured in a written lease agreement. c. You are legally obligated for the remaining balance. We will not pay for any amounts representing excess wear and tear charges; additional mileage charges; tax- es; overdue payments; penalties, interest or charges resulting from overdue payments; or lease termination fees. 17. LIABILITY COVERAGE EXTENSIONS—SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE, the Coverage Extension for Supplementary Payments is re- vised as follows: a. The limit for the cost of bail bonds is amended to$3,500. b. The limit for reasonable expenses incurred by the"insured" is amended to $500 a day. 18. NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS a. The Who Is An Insured provision under SECTION II —LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended to include as an "insured" any organization that is formed or acquired by you and over which you maintain majority ownership. b. Paragraph a. of this provision 18.does not apply to any organization: 1. That is a joint venture or partnership, 2. That is an "insured" under any other policy, 3. That has exhausted its Limit of Insurance under any other policy, or 4. 180 days or more after its acquisition or formation by you, unless you have given us notice of the ac- quisition or formation. c. Paragraph a. of this provision 18. does not apply to "bodily injury" or"property damage" that results from an "accident"that occurred before you formed or acquired the organization. 19. PHYSICAL DAMAGE—TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES COVERAGE Under SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE Coverage Extensions, the limit for Transportation Expenses is amended to$75 per day and the maximum is amended to$2,250 20. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT We will pay for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an "auto" of the private pas- senger type because of"loss" to a "covered auto" of the private passenger type. Payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable amount of each coverage you have on a covered auto. No deductibles apply to this coverage. Page 4 of 5 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. VCA 627 TX 01 09 Copyright 2009,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC We will pay those expenses incurred during the policy period beginning 24 hours after the "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, six (6)days after the"loss". Payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: 1. Necessary and actual expenses incurred. 2. The maximum daily payment of$25 for any one day. This coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve"autos"available to you. If "loss" results from the total theft of the private passenger"auto", we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided for under the PHYSICAL DAM- AGE COVERAGE Extension. 21. TOWING—COVERED AUTOS Under SECTION III—PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, Coverage for Towing is amended as follows: a. This coverage applies to any covered "auto"for which a premium charge for towing and labor is shown in the Schedule or in the Declarations. b. The limit is$100. VCA 627 TX 01 09 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc. Page 5 of 5 Copyright 2009,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC Policy Number: 7110162180001 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 0413 ©Insurance Services Office,Inc.,2012 Page 1 of 1 E-INSURED WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A.of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. ALL PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS ON FILE WITH THE INSURED 2. Operations: 3. Premium The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.0 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 0 4/2 3/2 019 Policy No. 4 0 6—0 4—51—6 7—0 0 01 Endorsement No. Insured PRIME CONTROLS, LP Premium$ Insurance Company Atlantic Specialty Insurance Company Countersigned By WC 42 03 04B 06 14 E-INSURED Page 1 of 1 Policy Number: 7110162180001 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CANCELLATION BY US This endorsement modifies the insurance provided by the following: COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS SCHEDULE* Number of Days: 6 0 Paragraph A. CANCELLATION, subparagraph 2. is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: 2. We may cancel this policy by mailing or delivering to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellation at least: a. 15 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for non-payment of premium; or b. The number of days shown in the Schedule before the effective date of cancellation, if we cancel for any other reason. * Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown on this endorsement,will be shown in the Declarations. VIL 203 02 05 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc. Page 1 of 1 Copyright 2004,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC E-INSURED POLICY NUMBER: 711-01-62-18-0001 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION WHEN REQUIRED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM The following is added to Paragraph 5, Other Insurance of B. General Conditions under SECTION IV- BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Regardless of the provisions of Paragraph a.above, any Liability Coverage under this Coverage Form is primary to, and will not seek contribution from, any other insurance available to an additional "insured" if: (1) Such additional "insured" is a Named Insured under that other insurance; and (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract, agreement or permit that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to such additional "insured". VCA 219 03 16 Contains copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.with its permission. Page 1 of 1 Copyright 2015,OneBeacon Insurance Group LLC E-INSURED Policy Number: 7110162180001 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)or Organization(s): BLANKET PER SCHEDULE ON FILE WITH NAMED INSURED Location And Description of Completed Operations Location Building 1 1 Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to 1. The insurance afforded to such additional in- include as an additional insured the person(s) or sured only applies to the extent permitted by organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only law; and with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or"prop- erty damage" caused, in whole or in part, by 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is "your work" at the location designated and de- required by a contract or agreement, the insur- scribed in the Schedule of this endorsement per- ance afforded to such additional insured will not formed for that additional insured and included in be broader than that which you are required by the"products-completed operations hazard". the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. However: CG 20 37 0413 ©Insurance Services Office,Inc.,2012 Page 1 of 2 E-INSURED B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III—Limits Of Insurance: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of In- surance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applica- ble Limits of Insurance shown in the Declara- tions. Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2012 CG 20 37 0413 • Policy Number: 7110162180001 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)Or Organization(s): BLANKET PER SCHEDULE ON FILE WITH NAMED INSURED Location(s)Of Covered Operations: Location Building 1 1 Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II—Who Is An Insured is amended to 2. If coverage provided to the additional in- include as an additional insured the person(s) sured is required by a contract or agree- or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but ment, the insurance afforded to such addi- only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", tional insured will not be broader than that "property damage"or"personal and advertising which you are required by the contract or injury"caused, in whole or in part, by: agreement to provide for such additional in- 1. Your acts or omissions; or sured. 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these your behalf; additional insureds, the following additional ex- clusions apply: in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" designated above. or"property damage"occurring after: However: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such 1. The insurance afforded to such additional work, on the project (other than service, insured only applies to the extent permitted maintenance or repairs)to be performed by by law; and or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at CG 20 10 0413 ©Insurance Services Office,Inc.,2012 Page 1 of 2 E-INSURED the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or sub- contractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. Page 2 of 2 ©Insurance Services Office,Inc.,2012 CG 2010 0413 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Contract Forms General Conditions Section 00700 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Page Number& Title Number 1. DEFINITIONS 2 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING, REUSE 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 10 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 15 7. OTHER WORK 23 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 24 9. ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 24 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 26 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 27 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 29 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 31 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 33 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 37 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 39 17 RIGHT TO AUDIT 40 18. MISCELLANEOUS 41 00700 11-2017 Page 1 General Conditions 00162837 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or the opening of Bids that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement-Prescribed form, referenced as Section 00500. 1.3 Alternative Dispute Resolution-The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled if the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot reach an agreement between themselves, as an alternative to litigation. 1.4 Bid - Proposal of bidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.5 Bid Documents-The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders, the bid form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.6 Calendar Day-Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, and/or Legal Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER. 1.7 Change Directive-A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER, ordering a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. A Change Directive does not change the Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order. 1.8 Change Orders - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement and within the Contract term. 1.9 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 1.10 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract Documents. 1.11 Contract Amount-The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Documents—Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings,Addenda and Change Orders. 1.13 Contract Time-The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as defined by the Contract. When any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A day of twenty-four(24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. 1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has entered into the Contract. 1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been 00700 11-2017 Page 2 General Conditions approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16 Engineer/Architect(E/A)-The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Contract. The titles of "Architect/Engineer," "Architect" and "Engineer" used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as Engineer/Architect (E/A). Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR. 1.17 Equal-The terms"equal"or"approved equal"shall have the same meaning. 1.18 Execution Date- Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement. 1.19 Field Order-A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time. 1.20 Final Acceptance— The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued. 1.21 Final Completion -The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work has been completed, the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER. 1.22 Inspector-The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of the Work. 1.23 Legal Holidays 1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Third Monday Birthday in January President's Day Third Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Veteran's Day November 11 Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Friday after Thanksgiving Thanksgiving 00700 11-2017 Page 3 General Conditions Christmas Eve December 24 Christmas Day December 25 1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday. 1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve holiday. 1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day holiday. 1.24 Milestones-A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25 Notice to Proceed -A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.26 OWNER—The City of Round Rock, Texas, a municipal corporation, home-rule city and political subdivision organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee, officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project. 1.27 Owner's Representative-The designated representative of the OWNER. 1.28 Partial Occupancy or Use- Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.30 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following: introductory information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual; and Addenda. 1.31 Proposal— Proposal of Offeror, under Local Government Code §271.113 providing for alternative project delivery methods, on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.32 Proposal Documents—The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.33 Resident Project Representative -The authorized representative of E/A who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34 Shop Drawings -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required by the Contract Documents. 1.35 Specifications -Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. 00700 11-2017 Page 4 General Conditions 1.36 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but, in the OWNER's opinion,the Work has progressed to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion approved by the OWNER. 1.37 Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work. 1.38 Sub-subcontractor-A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work. 1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work. 1.40 Supplemental General Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall be considered as remaining in full force and effect. 1.41 Supplier-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.42 Time Extension Request-An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER. 1.43 Work -The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. 1.44 Workinq Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven(7)hours of the Working Times. Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be allowed and in that event a Working Day will be counted for each such day. 1.45 Working Times —Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and, if previously authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts. Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 herein. 1.46 Written Notice-Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business address known to the party giving notice. ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance, and Other Documentation: Within ten (10)Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of the Contract. 00700 11-2017 Page 5 General Conditions 2.2 Copies of Documents: The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise specified. 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: The Contract Time(s) will begin to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Notice to Proceed will be given at any time within sixty (60) Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement, unless extended by written agreement of the parties. 2.4 Before Starting Construction: 2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without the OWNER's approval. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to Owner's Representative any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner's Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owner's Representative for review and approval no later than the preconstruction conference: .1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any limitations on Working Hours; .2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals; .3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work; .4 a letter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent; .5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried specialists; .6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety measures; .7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan; .8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities; .9 if applicable, a traffic control plan; .10 a completed Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit(Prior to Construction); and .11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the Work. 00700 11-2017 Page 6 General Conditions 2.5 Preconstruction Conference: Prior to commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR, Owner's Representative and others will be held. 2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR. The progress schedule must provide for an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the schedule by Owner's Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required submittals. ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING, REUSE 3.1 Intent: 3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation): Signed Agreement Addenda to the Contract Documents Special Conditions Supplemental General Conditions General Conditions Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications Special Specifications Standard Technical Specifications Drawings(figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions) Project Safety manual, if applicable 3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: If, during the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report it to Owner's Representative in writing, and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 00700 11-2017 Page 7 General Conditions 3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: .1 Change Order. .2 Change Directive. .3 Time Extension Request. 3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: .1 Field Order. .2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample. .3 Written interpretation or clarification. 3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited: The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of E/A or E/A's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 Availability of Lands: The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER fails to furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and investigations deemed necessary and proper. 4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with E/A and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will 00700 11-2017 Page 8 General Conditions recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If Owner's Representative determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance with Article 16. 4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the purposes of this section, "public lines"means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or easements, and "utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and"One Call"and exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse such expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against the OWNER)that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them until written permission and permit to do so is granted. All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's property shall remain property of the State of Texas, the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to the Texas Natural Resources Code. If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection,that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary to avoid loss, the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work, the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted. 4.3 Reference Points: Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points which, in the OWNER's opinion,are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet. All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work. 4.4 Hazardous Materials: 4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further disturbance of the materials. 4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible. 00700 11-2017 Page 9 General Conditions 4.4.3 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without prior approval of the OWNER. ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies: All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Art. 7.19-1, Texas Insurance Code(1997) and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER. OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10% of the surety's capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. 5.2 Workers'Compensation Insurance Coverage: 5.2.1 Definitions: .1 Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. .2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the CONTRACTOR's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER. .3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation, independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 5.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. 5.2.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of coverage. 5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. 5.2.5 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the OWNER: 00700 11-2017 Page 10 General Conditions .1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and .2 no later than seven (7)days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. 5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one(1)year thereafter. 5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. 5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 5.2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a Project to: .1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; .2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; .3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; .4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; .5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter; .6 notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and .7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1 - 5.2.9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services 00700 11-2017 Page 11 General Conditions on the Project will be covered by workers'compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements: For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General Conditions. 5.3.1.1 General Requirements: .1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period. .2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of continuing coverage. .3 CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of B+VII or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of A-or better. .4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: City of Round Rock, 221 E. Main St., Round Rock, Texas 78664. .5 The "other" insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. .6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage. .7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense, to receive certified copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any such policies. .8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law, 00700 11-2017 Page 12 General Conditions court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company as well as CONTRACTOR. .9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract. .10 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of Insurance. .11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract. .12 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by CONTRACTOR, then the appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect OWNER's property. .13 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR. 5.3.1.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance. Provide coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A; b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A; and c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B. Provide coverage in the following types and amounts: .1 A minimum combined single limit of$500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per occurrence and at least$100,000 property damage liability each accident. 5.3.1.3 Workers'Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Section 401). CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two(2) copies of a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation, form WC 420304; and b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation, form WC 420601. The minimum policy limits for Employers' Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows: .1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000 bodily injury by disease each employee. 00700 11-2017 Page 13 General Conditions 5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Policy shall contain the following provisions: a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts relative to this Project. b) Completed Operations/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period. c) Explosion, Collapse and Underground (X, C & U) coverage. d) Independent Contractors coverage. e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503. f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010. g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 0205. h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 2404. Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows: .1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of$500,000 per occurrence. 5.3.1.5 Builders' Risk Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER. OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted, coverage shall include transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored. 5.4 Bonds: 5.4.1 General. .1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. .2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10)days thereafter substitute another bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. .3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required, each shall be issued in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent. 5.4.2 Performance Bond. 00700 11-2017 Page 14 General Conditions .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond: no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Performance Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions: CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period. 5.4.3 Payment Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Payment Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 5.4.2.3. ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently,devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the Work at all times that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced without Written Notice to Owner's Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the Superintendent, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval, as stated above, on the proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the OWNER's request in the event the Superintendent is unable to perform to the OWNER's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the 00700 11-2017 Page 15 General Conditions Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached if necessary when work is not in progress. 6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and their employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or controlled substances while on the job or on the OWNER's property, nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations, has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work, and may not employ such worker again on Contract Work without the OWNER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900, and maintain weekly payroll reports as evidence thereof. 6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, re-testing of defective work, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative. the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.2.4 Substitutes and "Approved Equal" Items: 6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type,function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains words reading that no like, equivalent or"approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances: .1 "Approved Equal": If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an "approved equal" item, in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to make its determination. .2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph 6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor. 6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, 00700 11-2017 Page 16 General Conditions sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. 6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "approved equal" or substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any"approved equal"or substitute. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any"approved equal"or substitute. 6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "approved equal"or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits against Suppliers for illegal price fixing. 6.3 Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: .1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect. .2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times or Milestones shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Time Extension Request in accordance with Article 12. 6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.4.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct attention to the fulfillment of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to, by Power of Attorney or otherwise, assign said Contract without the prior written consent of the OWNER. 6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the OWNER may have reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction conference. Should the OWNER have objections,the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice. If the OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontractor, person or organization previously accepted by OWNER,the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the cost occasioned by any such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been accepted in writing by the OWNER. No acceptance by the OWNER of any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work. 6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER and E/A. The OWNER reserves the right to specify that certain requirements shall be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract 00700 11-2017 Page 17 General Conditions Documents and these requirements shall be made a portion of the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of the OWNER or E/A to pay or to see to the payment of any amounts due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations. 6.4.5 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Owner's Representative through the CONTRACTOR. 6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.4.7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made to the CONTRACTOR not later than ten (10) Calendar Days after the CONTRACTOR's receipt of payment from the OWNER. 6.5 Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the Work or the formulation or presentation of its Bid. 6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by the OWNER. 6.5.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall save the OWNER harmless from any loss or liability, direct or indirect, arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith. The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense to any suit or claim of infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the OWNER. 6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use of any infringing design, device, material or process. 6.6 Permits, Fees: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work. OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required: .1 Site Development Permit. 00700 11-2017 Page 18 General Conditions .2 Building Permit(s). .3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way. .4 Railroad Utility License Agreement. 6.7 Laws and Regulations: 6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither the OWNER nor E/A shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and regulations. 6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention and control of air pollution. 6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to laws or regulations, then the CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages arising therefrom; however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3. 6.8 Taxes: 6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas. 6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Texas Tax Code, and Article 1066 (C), Local Sales and Use Tax Act, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas. 6.9 Use of Premises: 6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, E/A or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work. 6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contact Documents. 00700 11-2017 Page 19 General Conditions 6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.10 Record Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to the OWNER, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,Addenda, Change Orders, Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop Drawings,will be available to the OWNER and E/A for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative. 6.11 Safety and Protection: 6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request, and prior to installation of measures,the CONTRACTOR shall submit a site security plan for approval by the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making recommendations or comments, the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of liability for damage, injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; .2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or E/A, or E/A's consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. 00700 11-2017 Page 20 General Conditions 6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations. 6.11.5 Emergencies: 6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or E/A, is obligated to act reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's emergency action. 6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call-out at any time of any day or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public. Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition,and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract. 6.11.5.3 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records, within forty-eight(48) hours of the event. 6.12 Continuing the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing. 6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: .1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or .2 normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: .1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or E/A; .2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative; 00700 11-2017 Page 21 General Conditions .3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; .4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER; .5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so; .6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal; .7 any inspection, test or approval by others; or .8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER. 6.14 Indemnification: 6.14.1 The CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants and subconsultants and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: .1 is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and .2 is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by laws and regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable state-authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, E/A's or E/A's consultant's officers, directors, partners, employees or agents. 6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site, scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims. 6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 6.15 Survival of Obligations: 00700 11-2017 Page 22 General Conditions All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents,will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. 6.16 Losses from Natural Causes: Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from action of the elements,floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense. 6.17 Notice of Claim: Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 6.17 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose. 6.18 Liquidated Damages: At set forth in the Agreement,paragraph 1.2,the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See Supplemental Conditions for amount of Liquidated Damages. ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK 7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the OWNER's own forces, or let other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other contractors whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the CONTRACTOR to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's Representative in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONTRACTOR's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions to the construction schedule 00700 11-2017 Page 23 General Conditions deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised. 7.5 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the OWNER shall issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative. 8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract. 8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 8.4 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 8.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Reference Points), Article 7 (Other Work) and Article 14 (Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion). 8.6 Notice of Claim: Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the CONTRACTOR is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within thirty(30)calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose. ARTICLE 9 -ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 E/A's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of E/A during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. The assignment of any authority, duties or responsibilities to E/A under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement between the OWNER and E/A, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by E/A, is intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization, or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them. 9.1.2 E/A will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E/A is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. E/A is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of E/A to discover, or 00700 11-2017 Page 24 General Conditions object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract. 9.1.3 E/A is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, E/A will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection,tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14, but only to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.1.5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to E/A's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. 9.2 E/A as Owner's Representative: 9.2.1 E/A may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1. 9.3 Visits to Site: If the OWNER so directs, E/A will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, E/A will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. E/A will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. E/A's efforts will be directed toward providing for the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, E/A will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. E/A's visits and on-site observations are subject to all the limitations on E/A's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1. 9.4 Project Representative: If the OWNER and E/A agree, E/A will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist E/A in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions. The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not E/A, E/A's consultant, agent or employee. 9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations: E/A may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,will be issued with reasonable promptness by Owner's Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work: E/A will recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which E/A believes to be defective, or believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 00700 11-2017 Page 25 General Conditions ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Changes: 10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4. 10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change Order or Change Directive is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in the CONTRACTOR's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times. 10.1.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 10.2 Change Orders: 10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order. 10.3 Change Directives: 10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the adjustment shall be based on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5. 10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. 00700 11-2017 Page 26 General Conditions 10.4 Field Order: 10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order. 10.5 No Damages for Delay: The CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop work or by performance of extra Work or by failure of the OWNER to provide information,access to the work, material or necessary instructions for carrying on the Work,then such delay will entitle the CONTRACTOR to an equivalent extension of time, the CONTRACTOR's application for which shall, however, be subject to approval of the OWNER. No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its performance bond from all the CONTRACTOR's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until discharge of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent(25%)and it may not be decreased more than twenty-five percent(25%)without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease. 11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than thirty(30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30)calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16. 11.4 Determination of Value of Work: 11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods: .1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved. .2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. .3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit(determined as provided in paragraph 11.5). 00700 11-2017 Page 27 General Conditions 11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1.1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as appropriate, to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount. 11.5 Cost of Work: If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11.4.1.2 can be agreed upon before a change in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, then the change in the Work will be performed by Change Directive and payment will be made as follows: .1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses. For the cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel, excluding the twenty-five(25%)compensation provided above,will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the OWNER. .2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus the discount. .3 For machinery, trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which rate includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. .4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools, and total overhead expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR, with one (1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one (1) by the CONTRACTOR. Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record. 11.6 Unit Price Work: 11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative. Owner's Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). 00700 11-2017 Page 28 General Conditions 11.6.2 When "plan quantity" is indicated for a bid item, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the amount specified in the Contract Documents without any measurements. 11.6.3 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.6.4 A Major Item is any individual bid item in the Bid that has a total cost equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the original Contract Amount or $50,000, whichever is greater, computed on the basis of bid quantities and Contract unit prices. 11.6.5 The OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in accordance with Article 11 if: .1 the actual quantity of any Major Item should become as much as twenty percent (20%) more than or twenty percent(20%) less than in the Bid; or .2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of "plan quantity," and Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error by five percent (5%) or more. 11.6.6 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative of the OWNER shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate, incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement regarding pricing of change orders, then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made. 11.6.7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide and require all subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACTOR's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed-upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed-upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts: 12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time Extension Request duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and Owner's Representative. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones)will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. 12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed. 00700 11-2017 Page 29 General Conditions 12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times(or Milestones) due to delay not caused by the CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts except as provided for in paragraph 12.2. 12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time because of: .1 Changes ordered in the work which justify additional time. .2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of Suppliers, which are not the result of the CONTRACTOR's, Subcontractor's or Supplier's negligence. The request for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR, including but not limited to, the CONTRACTOR's efforts to overcome such delays documented as follows: a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier. b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and date submittal(s)forwarded to Supplier. c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s). d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and Supplier indicating the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s). e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence, and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery of the item(s). .3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR. .4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fires, losses from natural causes, or other unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control. 12.2 Calendar Day Contracts: Under a Calendar Day Contract,the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties,Texas area. Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month for which, for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts, expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work: January 7 days February 7 days March 7 days April 7 days May 8 days June 6 days July 6 days August 5 days September 7 days October 7 days 00700 11-2017 Page 30 General Conditions November 7 days December 7 days Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a"Rain Day"is any day in which a weather event occurs at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the project schedule. ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or E/A has actual knowledge will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13. 13.2 Access to Work: The OWNER, E/A, E/A's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.3 Tests and Inspections: 13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: .1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below; .2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work; and .3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER. 13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work(or part thereof)specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and E/A's review of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.4 Uncovering Work: 13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 00700 11-2017 Page 31 General Conditions 13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. 13.5.2 If the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action, with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until cause for such order has been eliminated, or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project. 13.6 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly,as directed,either correct all defective Work,whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace defective Work, or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time frame identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.7 Warranty period: 13.7.1 If, at any time after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in accordance with the OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. 00700 11-2017 Page 32 General Conditions 13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the warranty period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. 13.8 OWNER May Correct Defective Work: If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this seven(7)calendar day period to correct the deficiency,the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy the deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents and employees,the OWNER's other contractors, E/A and E/A's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 Application for Progress Payment: 14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER,filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for work completed in accordance with the plans and contract documents. 14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than $400,000, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent(10%)of the amount thereof,which ten percent (10%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is$400,000 or more,the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent(5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent(5%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the 00700 11-2017 Page 33 General Conditions obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2. 14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation: .1 updated progress schedule; .2 monthly subcontractor report; and .3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment,whether incorporated in the Project or not,will pass to the OWNER not later than the time of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens. 14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.3.1 Owner's Representative will, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 14.3.2 Owner's Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on-site observations of the executed Work and on Owner's Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Owner's Representative's knowledge, information and belief: .1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and .2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for unit price Work, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owner's Representative will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: .1 exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work; .2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Amount; .3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures have been reviewed; or .4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the CONTRACTOR. 14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment: 14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary on account of: 00700 11-2017 Page 34 General Conditions .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; .3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; .5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract Documents; .6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract Documents; .7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the Contract Documents; .8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents; .9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports; .10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports; .11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up; or .12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents. 14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of approved Application for Payment. 14.5 Delayed Payments: Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment within thirty(30)calendar days after the day on which the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment,then the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. 14.6 Arrears: No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever, to any person, firm or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 14.7 Substantial Completion: 14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, said certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is 00700 11-2017 Page 35 General Conditions substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to determine substantial completion. If Owner's Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list, and shall establish responsibilities of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate. 14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the punch list. 14.8 Partial Utilization: The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not be construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.9 Final Inspection: Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.10 Final Application for Payment: The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and delivered the following documents: .1 Three (3) complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents; .2 Record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.10); .3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all claims arising out of or filed in connection with the Work; .4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in force after final payment and through any warranty period; .5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit(After Construction); and 00700 11-2017 Page 36 General Conditions .6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment and thereby notify the OWNER,who will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract. 14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period. 14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any financial institution for its monetary return. 14.12 Waiver of Claims: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: .1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and .2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience: At any time and without cause and for convenience, the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety(90)calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The CONTRACTOR may be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times,or both,directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause: Upon seven (7)calendar days'Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): .1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; .2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others. The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to mitigate the OWNER's cost; and .3 for anticipated profits on entire Contract not previously paid. 00700 11-2017 Page 37 General Conditions 15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause: 15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: .1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; .3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; .4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements; .5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time; .6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the Contract; or .7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven (7) calendar days'Written Notice terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER, at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety for completion of the Work. Alternatively,the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the OWNER. 15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause, the OWNER may reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three(3)years. 00700 11-2017 Page 38 General Conditions 15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety(90)calendar days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or(except during disputes)the OWNER fails for sixty (60)calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon seven (7)calendar days'Written Notice to the OWNER, and provided the OWNER does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if(except during disputes) Owner's Representative has failed to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1 Filing of Claims: 16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2, 4.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4, 6.4.2, 6.11.5.2, 6.17, 7.5, 8.6, 9.5, 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, or 15.4, or other occurrences or events, shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled. 16.1.2 Within thirty(30)calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data, Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, claimant shall have thirty (30) calendar days in which to: .1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party; .2 modify the initial Claim; or .3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution. 16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution: 16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include E/A as a party. 16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall be concluded within thirty(30)calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise. This step may 00700 11-2017 Page 39 General Conditions be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as described below. 16.2.3 Mediation: 16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms, the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty (30) calendar days one (1) mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert. 16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that mediation, at a minimum, shall provide for 1)conducting an on-site investigation, if appropriate, by the mediator for fact-gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the first mediation session, unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to reach a resolution of the dispute through mediation, then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them. ARTICLE 17—RIGHT TO AUDIT 17.1 Right to Audit: Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has been completely and fully resolved, whichever occurs later. 17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term "records"as referred to herein shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer-readable data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures, time sheets, payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other record in the CONTRACTOR's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in connection with the CONTRACTOR's dealings with the OWNER (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as "records"). In addition,the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives, vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of the following: a) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with contract requirements; b) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies; and c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract termination. 17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees(examples of payees include subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a 00700 11-2017 Page 40 General Conditions written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data. 17.1.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with this Article 17. 17.1.4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent(.5%) of the total contract billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments,which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time(not to exceed 90 days)from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR. 17.1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former employees and their relatives. For example,the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents or subcontractors should not make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives. 17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this provision. ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS 18.1 Venue: In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement. 18.2 Extent of Agreement: This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. 18.3 Cumulative Remedies: The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 18.4 Severability: 00700 11-2017 Page 41 General Conditions If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable,that finding shall only effect such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this Contract; this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract; and all provisions of the Contract are declared to be severable for this purpose. 18.5 Independent Contractor The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employer/employee relationship,a partnership,or a joint venture. The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER. 18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, terminate the Contract without liability if is determined by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision, the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies, to recover or withhold the amount of the cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities. 18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts No officer, employee, independent consultant, or elected official of the OWNER who is involved in the development, evaluation, or decision-making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge, expressed or implied, of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER. End of General Conditions 00700 11-2017 Page 42 General Conditions PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement Section 00 70 00 "Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract" and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions,which are not so amended or supplemented, remain in force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The order of precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below: A. Plans B. Supplementary Conditions C. General Contract Documents SC-1.01 Make the following modifications to Article 1 Definitions A. Delete 1.16 Insert the following: "16.Engineer- Plummer Associates, Inc 6300 La Calma, Suite 400, Austin, Texas 78752, nr;fa ri.c irir,74Gr rcMr [•esi14'n4i.ies I7 vi �w.avv�yi 11L 1 I cNi�'aci ILGILIVG. B. Add the following paragraphs at the end of Paragraph 1.36 "Substantial Completion." "Substantial Completion is further defined as (i) that degree of completion of the Project's operating facilities or systems sufficient to provide Owner the full time, uninterrupted, and continuous beneficial operation of the Work; and (ii) all required functional, performance, and acceptance or startup testing has been successfully demonstrated for all components, devices, equipment, and instrumentation and control to the satisfaction of Engineer in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. All items shall be placed into operation prior to the date specified for substantial completion and shall remain continuously on-line following the date specified for substantial completion. The components shall not have any work items remaining that require the final items to be taken out of service following substantial completion, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment which does not prevent OWNER'S use of the project for its intended purpose. To be considered as substantially complete and ready for operation, the following requirements shall be met: a. Equipment shall be installed complete with the permanent electrical and instrumentation items complete and operable. Suppliers' installation report shall be complete and furnished to ENGINEER. b. Normal mode of operation shall be utilized including all automatic control features with associated interlocks and protection systems. c. Structural and architectural items shall be sufficiently complete for the intended service and shall provide adequate protection of electrical and instrumentation equipment placed into operation." PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 1 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 C. Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 1.46 Written Notice: "1.47 Modification — (a) Written Amendment; (b) Change Order; (c) Field Order; (d) Work Change Directive. 1.48 Request for Information — A written inquiry initiated by the Engineer or the Contractor requesting information, clarification, pricing, variances, or directing minor changes in the work, but which does not involve a change in the Contract a Price or the Contract Time. 1.49 Specialist — The term Specialist refers to a person, partnership, firm, or corporation of established reputation (or if newly organized, whose personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field), which is regularly engaged in, and which maintains a regular force of workers skilled in either (as applicable) manufacturing or fabricating items required by the Contract Documents, or otherwise performing Work required by the Contract Documents. When the Specifications require the installation by a Specialist, that term shall also be deemed to mean either the manufacturer, or a person, partnership, firm, or corporation who will perform the Work under the manufacturer's direct supervision. 1.50 Preselected Equipment—The term means the items of equipment designated by the Owner and supplied by the selected vendor through a separate procurement process. Owner will provide this information to bidders through an addendum. Bidders must incorporate these items in their bid." SC-1.02 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 1.44 Working Day. A. Delete Paragraph 1.44 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "1.44. Working and Calendar Day: 1. A "calendar" day shall be a day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight, and is any day of the year, no days being exempted. 2. A "working day" shall be a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or any of the holidays defined in 1.23, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m." SC-2.2 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 2.2 Copies of Documents. A. SC-2.2: Delete Paragraph 2.2 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. Owner will provide Drawings and Specifications in electronic format. Printed copies will be the responsibility of the contractor to produce." SC-2.7 Make the following modifications to ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS. A. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 2.6. "2.7: Change in Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed as set forth in Article 12 of the General Conditions. The Contract Time cannot be amended by the submission, approval or otherwise of a progress schedule." SC-3.1 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 3.1 Intent. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 2 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 A. Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 3.1.2: "3.1.3. The Contract Documents comprises the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be altered only by a Modification. 3.1.4. Sections of Division 1, General Requirements, govern the execution of the Work of all Sections of the Specifications." SC-3.2 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies. A. Add the following new subparagraph immediately after Subparagraph 3.2: "3.2.1 Contractor represents that he has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, location, all local conditions, and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect performance of the work, and represents that he has correlated his study and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor also represents that he has studied all conditions referred to in the Contract Documents and will make such additional surveys and investigations as he deems necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and that he has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents." "3.2.2 In the event of a conflict in the Drawings, Specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents, which were not reported prior to the Bidding of the Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc in his Bid." SC-4.3 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 4.3 Reference Points: A. Add the following new subparagraph after Subparagraph 4.3: "4.3.1. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, fines by other governmental agencies and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to: (1) a Hazardous Environmental Condition; (2) sludge as defined by 42 USC §6903; (3) domestic sewage; (4) solid or dissolved materials from or flowing to a waste treatment plant; (5) the release of such domestic sewage, solid or dissolved materials created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06 H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence." SC-5.3 Add the following immediately after Paragraph 5.3.1.1.4: "All endorsements naming the ENGINEER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: Plummer Associates, Inc. 300 S. University Dr. Suite 300, Fort Worth, TX 76107." SC-6.2 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.2.5. "6.2.6. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Owner's and Engineer's additional extraordinary cost for onsite personnel overtime work resulting from Contractor's overtime operations. Reimbursement shall be on the cost basis defined in Paragraph 14.02.D.2.b of these Supplemental Conditions." PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 3 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 SC-6.05 Make the following modifications to 6.05 Substitutes and"Or-Equals". A. Delete Paragraph 6.2.4.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "6.2.4.1. Where equipment and products are specified by name, no substitutes or "or- equal" will be considered or approved unless the term "or-equal" or similar language is included in the individual Section of the Specifications. If the individual Sections of the Specifications specifically permit substitutes or "or-equals" for consideration, they must be submitted and will be reviewed and evaluated in accordance with the provisions established in Paragraph 6.2 and Division 1, General Requirements, of the Specifications. Notwithstanding the prior statement, Contractor shall not substitute the Preselected Equipment." B. Amend Paragraph 6.2.4.3 by changing the reference in the first sentence from "6.2.4.1.1" and"6.2.4.1.2"to"6.2.4.1". C. Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 6.2.4.3: "Reimbursement rates for Engineer or Related Entities for evaluation of proposed substitutes shall be on the basis as established in Paragraph 14.4.4.2 of these Supplementary Conditions." SC-6.4 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others. A. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.4.7: "6.4.8. Owner or Engineer may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor in accordance with Contractor's Application for Payment or account of the particular Subcontractor's, Supplier's, other person's or organization's Work." SC-6.7 Make the following modifications to 6.7 Laws and Regulations. A. Add the following new Paragraphs immediately after 6.7.3: "6.7.4. All bidders submitting bids on public works projects within the State of Texas are required to complete and submit with their Bid the Vendor Compliance to State Law form, which is included in the Contract forms (Section 00430). In addition, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations enforced by the Department of Labor and shall pay their workers in accordance with the proper classification codes and payroll amounts as stated in the wage determination. Contractor and subcontractor shall also provide certified payrolls by the 15th of the month for the prior month's labor performed. " 6.7.5. Workers Compensation Statement for Building or Construction Projects for Government entities in Texas. (Definitions included in this paragraph pertain only to this paragraph, which is included verbatim as a statutory requirement of the State of Texas.) 6.5.7.1 Definitions: Certificate of Coverage ("certificate")—A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWC-82, TWC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the project. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 4 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 Duration of the project — Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("Subcontractor" in Texas labor Code, Section 406.096) — Includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, Independent Contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such unity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 6.5.7.2 The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44)for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration for the project. 6.5.7.2 The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 6.5.7.3 If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certific-ate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 6.5.7.4 The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: .1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and .2 no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6.5.7.5 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and one year thereafter. 6.5.7.6 The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 6.5.7.7 The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form, and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 6.5.7.8 The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project to: .1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 5 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code Section 401.11(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; .2 provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; .3 provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; .4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor; .4.1 a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and .4.2 a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate if coverage ends during the duration of the project; .5 retain all certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; .6 notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and .7 Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) —(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 6.5.7.9 By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 6.5.7.10 The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity." SC-6.11.5 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 6.11.5.1 Emergencies. A. Amend Paragraph 6.11.5.1 by deleting the third sentence and inserting the following in its place: "If Engineer determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued." PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 6 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 SC-6.12 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 6.12 Continuing the Work. A. Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 6.12 "Contractor assumes and bears responsibility for all costs and time delays associated with any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents." SC-6.13 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 6.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee. A. Add the following new paragraph. "6.13.3 The General Warranty period shall be one year from date of Substantial Completion of the Work. Refer to individual Sections for additional warranty requirements." SC-6.19 Make the following modifications to Article 6 Contractor's Responsibilities. A. Add the following after Paragraph 6.18: "6.19 Shop Drawings 6.19.1 Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance the acceptable Schedule. Submittals ...r,r......,.. ... .,..,.,.................. with a��... uvvvN�uv�� vvi��,uui�.. of Submittals II IIQIJ (as required by Paragraph 2.4.2.2). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 6.19.1.1 Shop Drawings .1 Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. .2 Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17 .D. 6.19.1.2 Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals. .1 Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. .2 Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 6.19.2 Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. 6.19.3 Submittal Procedures PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 7 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 6.19.3.1 Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: .1 All field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; .2 The suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; .3 All information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and .4 Shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.19.3.2 Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 6.19.3.3 With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. 6.19.3.4. All Shop Drawings shall be in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor may seek a deviation by requesting a Modification. All approved Written Amendments, Change Orders, Field Orders, and/or Work Change Directives shall be incorporated into the Shop Drawings. The Contractor may submit a Modification Request in accordance with the Division 1, General Requirements sections, with the submittal accompanied by shop drawings, product data, and samples that varies from strict compliance with the Contract Documents. If the Engineer approves the proposed Modification, the submittal will be considered to be in compliance with the Contract Documents and it will be reviewed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If the proposed Modification is not approved, the submittal will be returned to the contractor with appropriate comments. 6.19.3.5 All shop drawings shall bear a duly executed statement by the Contractor as shown below:" PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 8 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 THIS SHOP DRAWING HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND DETERMINED TO BE IN ❑ COMPLIANCE ❑ COMPLIANCE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF ATTACHED MODIFICATION REQUEST WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT AS MODIFIED BY ADDENDA, CHANGE ORDER AND FIELD ORDER. Contractor BY DATE 6.19.4 Engineer's Review 6.19.4.1 Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 6.19.4.2 Engineer's review and approval Will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 6.19.4.3 Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.19.3.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.19.3.1. 6.19.5 Resubmittal Procedures 6.19.5.1 Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other that the corrections for by Engineer on previous submittals. SC-9.4 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 9.4 Project Representative. A. Delete Paragraph 9.4 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "9.4.1 Owner will provide a Resident Project Representative on the Site. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the Resident Project Representative, and designated assistants, are as follows: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 9 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 9.4.1.1 Resident Project Representative is the Engineer's agent at the site, will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding Resident Project Representative's actions. Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site Work shall in general be with Engineer and Contractor, keeping Owner advised as necessary. Resident Project Representative shall generally communicate with Owner with the knowledge of and under the direction of Engineer. 9.4.1.2 Resident Project Representative will be assisted by representatives of Engineer in performing duties and responsibilities of Resident Project Representative. 9.4.2 Duties and Responsibilities of Resident Project Representative. 9.4.2.1 Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of shop drawing submittals and schedules of values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning acceptability. 9.4.2.2 Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences, and other project related meetings, and prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof to Owner and Engineer. 9.4.2.3 Liaison: .1 Serve as Engineer's liaison with Contractor, work principally through Contractor's superintendent and assist with Contractor's operations affect in understanding the intent of Contract Documents; and assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with contractor's operations affect on Owner's on-site operations. .2 Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. 9.4.2.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples: .1 Record date of receipt of shop drawings, product data, and samples. .2 Receive samples, which are furnished at the site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of availability for examination. .3 Advise Engineer and Contractor of the commencement of any Work requiring a shop drawing, product data, or sample if the submittal has not been approved by Engineer. 9.4.2.5 Review of Work, Rejection of Defective Work, Observations and tests: .1 Conduct on-site observations of the Work in progress to determine if the Work is general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. .2 Report to Engineer whenever Resident Project Representative believes that any Work will not produce a completed Project that conforms generally to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed project as a functioning whole as indicated in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of an inspection, test or approval required to be made; and advise Engineer of Work the Resident Project Representative believes should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. .3 Verify that tests, equipment and systems start-up and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate personnel, and the Contractor maintains adequate records thereof; and observe record and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and start- ups. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 10 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 .4 Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections and report to Engineer. 9.4.2.6 Interpretation of Contract Documents: Report to Engineer when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to Contractor clarifications and interpretations as issued by Engineer. 9.4.2.7 Request for Revisions: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for revisions to Drawings or Specifications and report with Resident Project Representative's recommendations to Engineer. Transmit to Contractor in writing decisions as issued by Engineer. 9.4.2.8 Records: Maintain at the Project site orderly files for correspondence; reports of job conferences; shop drawings, product data, and samples; reproductions of Contract Documents, including Work Change Directives, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, Written Amendments, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract; Engineer's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents; progress reports; submittals received from and delivered to Contractor; and other Project related documents. 9.4.2.9 Reports: .1 Furnish to Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and of Contractor's compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of submittals. .2 Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major tests, inspections, or start of important phases of the Work. .3 Draft Written Amendments, Field Orders, Change orders, and Work Change Directives, obtaining backup material from Contractor and recommend to Engineer these items. .4 Report immediately to Engineer and Owner the occurrence of any accident. 9.4.2.10 Payment Requests: Review Applications for Payment with Contractor for compliance with established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to Engineer and Owner, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the Schedule of Values, Work completed and materials and equipment at the Site, but not incorporated in the Work. 9.4.2.11 Certificates, Maintenance and Operation Manuals: During the course of the Work, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals and other data required to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in review and forwarding to Owner prior to final payment for the Work. 9.4.2.12 Completion: .1 Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. .2 Observe whether Contractor has performed inspection required by Laws and Regulations, ordinances, codes, or other requirements applicable to the Work, including, but not limited to, those to be performed by public agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. .3 Conduct a final inspection in the company of the Engineer, Owner, and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. .4 Observe whether all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 11 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 9.4.3 Limitations of Authority of Resident Project Representative: 9.4.3.1 Shall not authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment(including "or-equal" items), unless authorized by Engineer. 9.4.3.2 Shall not exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in Agreement or the Contract Documents. 9.4.3.3 Shall not undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, or Contractor's superintendent. 9.4.3.4 Shall not advise on, issue directions relative to or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction unless such advice or directions are specifically require by the Contract Documents. 9.4.3.5 Shall not advise on, issue directions regarding or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work or any activities or operations of Owner or Contractor. 9.4.3.6 Shall not accept shop drawings, product data, or sample submittals from anyone other than the Contractor. 9.4.3.7 Shall not participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others, except as specifically authorized by Engineer." SC-10.2 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 10.2 Change Orders. A. Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 10.2.2: "Contractor assumes and bears responsibility for all costs and time delays associated with any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variation is specially approved by Change Order." SC-10.4 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 10.4 Field Order. A. Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 10.4.1: "The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing prior to beginning any Work addressed in a Field Order if the Contractor does not agree that the Work involved represents no additional cost and/or time change in the Contract Documents." SC-11.6 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 11.6 Unit Price Work. A. Add the following after Paragraph 11.6.5.2: ".3 If there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and .4 If Contractor believes that additional expenses has incurred as a result thereof; or if Owner believes that the quantity has decreased and the Owner is entitled to an adjustment in the Unit Price Work, then either the Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 10, Changes in the Work; Claims, if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variation in the quantity of the Unit Price Work performed." SC-12.1 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts. A. Amend the second sentence in Paragraph 12.1.1 by deleting "30" and inserting "7" in its place. SC-14.4 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment. A. Amend Paragraph 14.4.1 by adding the following new paragraphs after Subparagraph 14.4.1.12: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 12 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 ".13 Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers or labor; or 0.14 failure to provide Project photographs required by Specifications." B. Add the following new subparagraph immediately after Subparagraph 14.4.2: "14.4.3. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action." 14.4.4. Owner may permanently withhold payment from Contract Price for .1 liquidated damages, as provided in Article 3.5 of the Agreement, incurred by Contractor, or .2 compensation for Engineer for overtime charges of Resident Project Representative and assistants, third review of submittals, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of defective Work, or other Services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor. However, the Contractor will not be charged for third submittal review or review of substitutions for the owner's preselected equipment items. Compensation will be based on the following rates: Position I Hourly Rate I Principal in Charge $305 Project Manager $200 Project Engineer $140 Construction Manager $200 Resident Engineer $130 Resident Project Representative $140 Assist. Resident Project Representative $125 Design Engineer $125 Engineering Technician $115 Secretary $90 Expenses will be billed at actual cost multiplied by 1.15 .3 Costs for test performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be defective have been corrected. Verification testing is to be provided at the Contractor's expense to verify products or constructed Works are in compliance after corrections have been made." SC-14.5 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 14.5 Delayed Payments. A. Delete paragraph 14.5 in its entirety and replace with the following: "14.5 In the event of a dispute over payment the Owner will withhold payment until the dispute is resolved. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's delay of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.4.2. No additional compensation shall be due to the Contractor for the delay." SC-14.11 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance. A. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 14.11.3: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 00 73 00-Page 13 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 "14.11.4 In the event the Contractor fails to attain Substantial Completion of the entire Project (all bid items) within the Contract Time, the Owner may withhold money permanently from the Contractor's total compensation the amount per day stipulated as liquidated damages in the Agreement. The Owner will be the sole judge as to whether the Work has been substantially completed within the allotted time. Accordingly, it is agreed and understood that said amount is to be assessed by the Owner, not as a penalty, but as a predetermined and agreed upon liquidated damage. Additionally, assessment of liquidated damages by Owner shall not constitute a waiver of the Owner's right to sue and collect additional damages which Owner may sustain by the failure of the Contractor to perform in accordance with the terms of its Contract." SC-15.3 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 15.3 Owner May Terminate With Cause. A. Add the following new subparagraphs immediately after Subparagraph "15.3.1.8: ".9 If Contractor fails to provide the replacement bond required by General Conditions, Paragraph 5.01.C. .10 If an petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, or if Contractor's adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency, upon the occurrence of any such event, Owner shall be entitled to request of Contractor or its successor in interest adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Failure to comply with such request within seven (7) days of delivery of the request shall entitle Owner to terminate this agreement and to the accompanying rights set forth in Paragraphs 15.02 and 15.03 hereof. In all events, pending receipt of adequate assurance of performance and actual performance in accordance therewith, Owner shall be entitled to proceed with the Work with its own forces or with other Contractors on a time and material or other appropriate basis. The cost of Work by Owner or other Contractors will be back charged against the Contract Price hereof." SC-15.4 Make the following modifications to Paragraph 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate. A. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 15.4: "15.4.1. Contractor further agrees to retain personal control and to give personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and not to assign or sublet the Contract without the written consent of Owner, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to Engineer or Owner. Contractor further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work, or materials required in the performance of this Contract, shall not relieve Contractor from its obligations to Owner, as provided by this Agreement. Neither this Agreement, nor any right, privilege or cause of action arising hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part for any purpose, and whether in settlement of litigation or not, and any purported assignment shall be null, void and unenforceable without the written consent of the Owner. The Owner and the Contractor each binds itself and its successors and assigns to the other party with respect to all covenants of this Agreement." END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 00 73 00-Page 14 of 14 0982-003-04 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS\00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.DOCX 00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 01-INFORMATION 01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED The Agreement will be prepared in not less than five(5)counterpart(original signed) sets. The City will furnish to the Contractor two (2) sets of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications unless otherwise specified. 01-02 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under these Plans and Specifications shall be governed by any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the City. 01-03 LOCATION The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated on the Plans. 01-04 USAGE OF WATER All water used during construction shall be provided by the City and shall be metered. The City shall specify the location from which the Contractor is to procure water.The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water permit from the City and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring, storing, transporting and using water during construction.The Contractor shall strive to use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract and shall avoid waste. The Contractor will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that waste is occurring during construction. SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES Prior to commencing the Work associated with this Contract, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make arrangements with the Owners of utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense,however,where such is not the case,the Contractor will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor will be responsible for providing his own utility services while performing the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for this item. 00900-1-2016 Page 1 Special Conditions 02-03 WAGE RATES Wage Rates(Information From Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021.Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection(a)does not apply to maintenance work. c. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the State, a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker. 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public hndy, nr a Subcontractor of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. c. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022. d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. 00900-1-2016 Page 2 Special Conditions 2258.051.Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract; and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the Contractor has violated this chapter. Applicable wage rates to be used in Williamson and/or Travis County may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor website at the following web addresses: Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/Water Treating Plant and Sewer/Incidental to Highway) http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX33.dvb?v=0 Construction Types: Heavy and Highway http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX1 6.dvb?v=0 Construction Type: Building http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX76.dvb?v=1 02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The City has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the City may be required to change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. Contractor shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract,the City reserves the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. 02-05 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The City shall provide a project representative to review the quality of materials and workmanship. 02-06 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the City, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal 00900-1-2016 Page 3 Special Conditions shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the Engineer. 02-07 LAND FOR WORK Owner provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done,right- of-way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of the Contractor. Contractor provides, at his expense and without liability of Owner, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations, temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 02-08 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on Plans, present obstructions to grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer,who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing utilities and appurtenances as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer and Contractor will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The Owner will not be liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress of the work. 02-09 CONSTRUCTION STAKING All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Plans and such staking shall be satisfactory to the Engineer.The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer and Owners representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and equipment shall be provided by the Contractor including but not limited to:paint, flagging,laths,hubs, blue tops, nails, hammers, measuring chains or tapes, transits and levels. The Contractor shall be responsible for setting and marking control and off-set points for measuring distances and angles, for shooting levels,and for any other items pertaining to construction staking. This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 00900-1-2016 Page 4 Special Conditions SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times. When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and coordinate with the Owner, all applicable agencies(i.e.Fire Department,E.M.S., Public Works, etc.), residents, and affected parties. If emergency access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work, the Contractor will suspend the work if necessary, and otherwise endeavor to assist emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The Contractor shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control.These items shall be included in the bid item Traffic Control. 00900-1-2016 Page 5 Special Conditions SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Project Identification and Contact Information. 2. Scope of Work. 3. Type of the Contract. 4. Work under other contracts. 5. Limits of subcontractor participation. 6. Use of premises. 7. Owner's occupancy requirements. 8. Work restrictions. 9. Special Formats and Conventions. 10. Permits. 11. Other professional services. VLI I...1 professional VI IUI J\.1 YI\.\.�7• B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 12 16"Sequence of Construction"for requirements for the construction sequence of various work elements during the construction improvements and expansion of an existing facility. 2. Division 1 Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls"for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND CONTACT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater Facility—East Plant 1. Project Location: City of Round Rock, Texas B. OWNERS: The facility is owned jointly by the Cities of Round Rock, Cedar Park,Austin, and Leander 1. OWNER'S Representative: David Freireich, P.E., Chief Utility Engineer, City of Round Rock, 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock,Texas 78665. 2. ENGINEER: Patrick Moseley, P.E., PLUMMER, 6300 La Calma, Suite 400, Austin, Texas 78752 1.4 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work, under this Contract, consists of furnishing all labor, supervision, equipment, tools, materials, transportation, services, and related items necessary for the assembly and installation, testing, start-up and placing in service the Project described in the following paragraphs. 1. The Work includes, but not necessarily limited to, assembly and installation of the following new equipment: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 1 of 7 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 a. Phase A 1) PLC Panels a) Replace Central Electrical Building PLC Panels PLC:ILS and PLC:CEB with PLC Panel 0200-PLC-1001. b) Replace Chlorination/Dechlorination Building Remote Input/Output Panel RIO:CDB with PLC Panel 1500-PLC-1001. c) Replace Sludge Pump Building (RAS/WAS Pump Stations) PLC Panels PLC:SPB and PLC:SPB2 with PLC Panel 0650-PLC-2001. d) Replace Dewatering Building PLC Panel PLC:BSB with-PLC Panel 1350-PLC-1001. 2) Network Cabinets a) Furnish and install Central Electrical Building Network Cabinet 0200-NC-1001. b) Furnish and install Sludge Pump Building Network Cabinet 0650- NC-2001. c) Furnish and install Dewatering Building Network Cabinet 1350-NC- 1001. d) Furnish and install network/server equipment in Administration Building Network Cabinet 0000-NSC-1001. 3) Motor Control Centers a) Modifications to Central Electrical Building MCC:LS and MCC:CEB. b) Modifications to Central Electrical Building MCC:SPB and MCC:SPB2. 4) Pump Protection Relays a) Furnish and install pump protection relays for Influent Pump Station 1 Pumps. 5) Configuration PLC a) Furnish and install Configuration PLC to the Engineer. 6) Workstations a) Furnish and install Operation and Engineering Workstations. 7) Software a) Furnish HMI and PLC Software 8) Miscellaneous Items a) Furnish and install Fiber Optic Cable and Ductbank. b) Furnish and install Influent Pump Station 1 Instrumentation. b. Phase B (Under Expansion Contract) 1) PLC Panels a) Furnish and install Preliminary Treatment Unit PLC Panel 0300- PLC-1001 b) Furnish and install Aeration Basin Train 1 PLC Panels 0400-PLC- 1001 and 0400-PLC-1001 c) Furnish and install Aeration Basin Train 2 PLC Panels 0400-PLC- 2001 and 0400-PLC-2001 d) Furnish and install Aeration Basin Train 3 PLC Panels 0400-PLC- 3001 and 0400-PLC-3001 e) Replace Blower Building Electrical Room 1 PLC Panel PLC:BB with PLC Panel 0500-PLC-1001. f) Furnish and install Blower Building Electrical Room 2 PLC Panel 0500-PLC-2001. g) Furnish and install Alum Feed Area PLC Panel 0550-PLC-1001 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 2 of 7 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 h) Furnish and install Sludge Pump Station 3 (RAS/WAS Pump Station 3) PLC Panel 0650-PLC-2001. i) Replace Thickener Building PLC Panel PLC:DW with 1300-PLC- 1001. j) Replace Reuse System PLC Panel PLC:RW with PLC Panel 1600- PLC-1001. 2) PLC Panel Modifications a) Determinate and terminate new wining in Central Electric Building PLC Panel 0200-PLC-1001. Total I/O count to remain fixed. b) Determinate and terminate new wining in Dewatering Building PLC Panel 1350-PLC-1001. Total I/O count to remain fixed. c) Determinate and terminate new wining in Chlorination/Dechlorination Building PLC Panel 1500-PLC-1001. Total I/O count to remain fixed. 3) Network Cabinets a) Furnish and install Blower Building Electrical Room 2 Network Cabinet 0550-NC-2001. b) Furnish and install Sludge Pump Building 3 (RAS/WAS Pump Station 3) Network Cabinet 0650-NC-3001. c) Furnish and install East Electrical Building Network Cabinet 0800- NC-3001. 4) Network Cabinet Modifications a) Modify/Configure Central Electrical Building Network Cabinet 0200- NC-1001. b) Modify/Configure Sludge Pump Building Network Cabinet 0650- NC-2001. c) Modify/Configure Dewatering Building Network Cabinet 1350-NC- 1001. d) Modify/Configure network/server equipment in Administration Building Network Cabinet 0000-NSC-1001. 2. Testing of all systems to ensure performance in accordance with manufacturer's design and as specified herein; perform necessary adjustment as required; and reporting proper functioning to ENGINEER. 3. Unless otherwise specified, CONTRACTOR shall provide the following: a. Temporary facilities and controls as specified in Division 1 Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." b. Provide quality control, material testing, field-testing, and related services in accordance with Division 1 Section 01 40 00"Quality Requirements." c. Provide training of OWNER'S operation and maintenance personnel in accordance with Division 1 Section 01 79 00"Demonstration and Training." 1.5 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 3 of 7 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 1.6 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS (NOT USED) 1.7 LIMITS OF SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION A. It is the intent of these Contract Documents that a General Contractor completes the Project having the capability to perform a substantial percentage a minimum of forty (40) percent of the total Project. The apparent low bidder for the Project shall submit a list of work to be performed by subcontractors and materials purchased directly by subcontractors, with their estimated dollar value for consideration. Contractors may be disqualified if more than sixty (60) percent of the total Project is to be performed by subcontractors. 1.8 USE OF PREMISES A. General: CONTRACTOR shall have limited use of premises for assembly and installation operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits. B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine assembly and installation operations to areas where work is permitted. 2. OWNER Occupancy: Allow for OWNER occupancy of Project site. 3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving facilities clear and available to OWNER, OWNER'S employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. C. Because of heightened security, the CONTRACTOR should be aware that additional information and coordination will be required in order to enter and to bring materials and equipment into the treatment plant site during and after early implementation. Delays should be expected. All costs due to this additional information, coordination and resultant delays because of this heightened security shall be subsidiary to the cost of the project. 1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide at the beginning of the project with updates as necessary: a. List of employees b. Badges for employees (photo ID) c. Inform City and Resident Project Representative of working hours. 2. Information on all visitors on CONTRACTOR-related business may be required from the CONTRACTOR during the project, including subcontractor employees, manufacturer's representatives, suppliers, and truck drivers. CONTRACTOR shall escort all non-employees into the plant site. 1.9 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. OWNER Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: OWNER reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of Project, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. ENGINEER will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for the Work to be occupied before OWNER occupancy. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before OWNER occupancy. 3. Before partial OWNER occupancy, electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 4 of 7 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 OWNER will operate and maintain electrical systems serving occupied portions of facilities. 4. On occupancy, OWNER will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. 5. Maintain access to walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from OWNER and authorities having jurisdiction. 6. Provide not less than 72 hours'notice to OWNER of activities that will affect OWNER'S operations. 1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed at the site during normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated. 1. Saturday Hours: 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., with written notification to OWNER 48 hours in advance. 2. Early Morning Hours: Contractor shall minimize early morning hours or late evening hours of work, and shall comply with local requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for restrictions on noisy work. A variance shall be obtained before proceeding with the work. 3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Tuesday through Thursday, no utility shutdown on Monday or Friday. 4. Work shall not be performed Sundays Holidays the General •.vi i..,�shall not v... performed��l\,.lJ on Sundays or City Holidays listed in the Conditions. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by OWNER or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify ENGINEER not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without ENGINEER'S written permission. 1.11 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using a 50-division format and CSI "Master Format" numbering system. 1. Division 1: Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred, as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by CONTRACTOR or by others when so noted. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 5 of 7 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 a. The words "shall," "shall be," or"shall comply with,"depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 3. Additional meaning of language used may be found in the General Conditions Article "Defined Terms and Terminology." 1.12 PERMITS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the General Conditions regarding obtaining permits. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all applicable permits in connection with the Work including a stormwater discharge permit. The Bid Prices shall include the costs for obtaining all required permits, as well as performing the work in accordance with the permit requirements. The fees associated with City of Round Rock permits will be waived; however, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to obtain the permits. 1.13 OTHER PROFESSIONAL SERVICES A. Other Professional Services: Engineer(s) or engineering firms which may be retained by the CONTRACTOR or his subcontractors or vendors to fulfill engineering requirements of the Project during the construction phase. B. When professional engineering services are required during the course of the Project, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of Subchapter A, Chapter 2254,Texas Government Code and shall select and award on the basis of demonstrated competence and qualifications to perform the services for a fair and reasonable price and shall not select services or award contracts on the basis of competitive bidding. 1.14 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The definition of SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION in the General Conditions, Item 9 shall be modified to include the following. 1. "Substantial Completion is further defined as (i)that degree of completion of the Project's operating facilities or systems sufficient to provide Owner the full time, uninterrupted, and continuous beneficial operation of the Work; and (ii)all required functional, performance, and acceptance or startup testing has been successfully demonstrated for all components, devices, equipment, and instrumentation and control to the satisfaction of Engineer in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications. 2. All items shall be placed into operation prior to the date specified for substantial completion and shall remain continuously on-line following the date specified for substantial completion. The components shall not have any work items remaining that require the final items to be taken out of service following substantial completion, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment which does not prevent OWNER'S use of the project for its intended purpose. 3. To be considered as substantially complete and ready for operation, the following requirements shall be met: a. Equipment shall be installed complete with the permanent electrical and instrumentation items complete and operable. Suppliers'installation report shall be complete and furnished to ENGINEER. b. Normal mode of operation shall be utilized including all automatic control features with associated interlocks and protection systems. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 6 of 7 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 7 of 8 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK.DOCX PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 11 00-EI-Page 8 of 8 0982-003-04 SUMMARY OF WORK SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK.DOCX SECTION 01 12 16 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 GENERAL A. Certain aspects of construction of this Project may occur after the facility has been started up or while the facility is operating to meet specific treatment limits. The operations necessary to meet these requirements are of higher priority than construction activities. Schedules of connections, renovations and modifications required after startup shall be submitted to the OWNER for approval, and all such items shall be coordinated throughout the entire construction period. These schedules shall permit full and normal treatment and conveyance of water. B. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a project schedule within 30 days of beginning work, outlining the schedule and time requirements for each item involving an existing treatment unit, piece of equipment, and conveyance system. No payment shall be made until these items are received. C. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER at least fourteen (14) days in advance and again three (3) days prior to beginning work on a particular area, and coordinate with the OWNER the specific items to be isolated and duration for each. Obtain written approval from the OWNER prior to each shutdown. High flow conditions or equipment outages may require the rescheduling of an approved shutdown. Any cost associated with rescheduling will be subsidiary to Project. D. After startup, the CONTRACTOR shall not operate any valves or equipment in the facility unless directed to do so by the OWNER. E. Prior to beginning work, the CONTRACTOR shall have on-site all materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the work in the time scheduled. The CONTRACTOR shall also perform all possible tasks to the most complete state possible prior to shutdowns. All exposed bolts and nuts on valves or fittings which are to be disassembled shall be removed and replaced one at a time prior to shutdown to assure as timely progress as possible. F. Access to all components of the facility must be maintained at all times. G. Existing plugged pipelines, in which water has been standing, shall have to be cleaned of debris prior to connecting to a new pipeline. H. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate and schedule each task necessary to complete all work within the time allowed for the project. Specific connection coordination, shutdown, and out of service (downtime) limitations, are described, but not limited to, the specific items listed in PART 3. I. The sequencing may require the CONTRACTOR to perform work such as installing temporary or permanent plugs and/or diversion facilities in structures that are online. The specifics related to flow diversion and temporary plugging means and methods are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR; however,the CONTRACTOR'S proposed work operations and schedules shall be submitted to the OWNER for review. All costs for temporary piping and pumping, pipe connections, and all related work shall be included in the Base Bid of the project. J. Facility Piping Interconnections Requirements. All testing of pipes to be connected shall be completed and test reports furnished to the ENGINEER prior to making connections. 1. Drain system connections should generally not require prior notification to proceed unless the existing pipe must be temporarily plugged or blocked for the connection. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 12 16-Page 1 of 4 0982-003-04 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Plant water and potable water connections require advance notification and concurrence from the OWNER prior to isolating or shutting down the system for connection. Potable pipes should be flushed and pressure tested prior to connection and disinfected following the connection. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate these items. 3. Reduce the number of shutdowns required for piping systems by combining as many connections at the same time as feasible. 4. Facility process piping connections are critical and shall be fully coordinated, expedited, and done in a continuous manner upon initiation. These pipes generally do not have isolation valves or parallel pipes and require shutting down the treatment process for connection. 5. Time shall be allowed for shutting down the process and dewatering the existing pipe in addition to the actual connection time. CONTRACTOR shall provide all equipment, tools and labor to dewater the pipes for connections. This process water shall be contained in the facilities and not allowed to discharge over the ground or to the surface drainage systems. 6. All facility shutdowns must be coordinated with and approved by the OWNER. OWNER will not allow work to be performed in a series of shutdowns on back-to-back days. 7. Potable water piping shall be cleaned, disinfected, and tested prior to placing into service. CONTRACTOR shall provide taps, flushing, and blow-off connections to flush and disinfect each pipe section and treatment unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASING: A. Throughout construction the plant will need to remain in operation. In order to minimize the impact on operations the improvements will need to be completed in phases. Each phase will have its own milestones. The construction phases will be listed in the order that the milestones need to be completed. The CONTRACTOR is not prohibited from working on other areas of the plant unless that work requires interruption of treatment units, equipment, piping, electrical power and communications, or other ancillary items that would prevent operation of treatment units that must remain online. B. Phasing Milestones—See Specification Section 00500 Article 3.4. 3.2 PHASE A A. Configuration PLC/Software Delivery 1. Within 60 of Notice to Proceed the CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER the Configuration PLC, PLC Software ang HMI Software. B. Administration Building 1. Before switchover/replacement of PLC the CONTRACTOR shall perform the work associated with the Administration Building, included by not limited to install network/server equipment in existing rack, installation of structured wiring in control room and identify spare fibers to be used in the Phase A System Architecture. C. Central Electrical Building and Chlorination/Dechlorination Building 1. Complete duct work from Central Electrical Building to Manhole. 2. Furnish and install PLC Panel 0200-PLC-1001 and Network Cabinet 0200-NC-1001. 3. Furnish and install fiber optic cable from fiber optic termination panel to Network Cabinet 0200-NC-1001. Confirm communications between Network Cabinets 0200- NC-1001 and Network/Server Cabinet 0000-NSC-1001. 4. Furnish and install fiber optic cable Network Cabinet 0200-NC-1001 to PLC:ILS. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 12 16-Page 2 of 4 0982-003-04 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEPTEMBER 2019 5. Install Pump Protection Relays in MCCs. 6. Modify and provide required I/O wiring from one pump starter at a time. Pump must be able to be operated from PLC Panel 0200-PLC-1001 before switchover of the next pump. 7. Replace PLC:CDB with PLC Panel 1500-PLC-1001. 8. Replace existing PLC Data Highway from PLC:ILS to PLC:CDB with fiber optic cable between PLC Panel 1500-PLC-1001 and Network Cabinet 0200-NC-1001 9. Upon completion of pump modifications, PLC:CEB and PLC:ILS can be removed. D. RAS/WAS Pump Station 2 1. Furnish and Install Network Rack 0650-NC-1001. 2. Furnish and install fiber optic cable from fiber optic termination panel in PLC:SPB2 to Network Cabinet 0650-NC-2001. Confirm communications between Network Cabinets 0650-NC-1001 and Network/Server Cabinet 0000-NSC-1001. 3. Obtain from the ENGINEER, at his office, the Configuration PLC. Place the Configuration PLC in the RAS/WAS Pump Station 2 Electrical Room. Provide a fiber optic cable from the Network Cabinet 0650-PLC-2001 to the Configuration PLC. 4. Provide temporary flow meter wiring from RAS/WAS flow meters to the Configuration PLC. 5. Replace each RAS/WAS Pump VFD one pump at a time. During replacement provide Ethernet cable from each VFD to the configuration PLC. 6. Upon completion of replacement of RAS/WAS Pump VFDs, replace PLC:SPB2 with PLC Panel 0650-PLC-2001. Connect PLC Panel to Network Cabinet 0650-NC-2001. Provide new wiring from RAS/WAS flow meters to PLC Panel 0650-PLC-2001. Provide Ethernet Cables from each VFD to the RAS/WAS Pump Station. E. RAS/WAS Pump Station 1 1. Provide new wiring from RAS/WAS Flow Meters to PLC Panel 0650-PLC-2001. 2. Replace each RAS/WAS Pump VFD one pump at a time. During replacement provide Ethernet cable from each VFD to PLC Panel 0650-PLC-2001. 3. Remove PLC:SPB F. Dewatering Building 1. Furnish and Install Network Rack 1350-NC-1001. 2. Furnish and install fiber optic cable from fiber optic termination panel in PLC:BSB to Network Cabinet 1350-NC-2001. Confirm communications between Network Cabinets 1350-NC-1001 and Network/Server Cabinet 0000-NSC-1001. 3. Place the Configuration PLC in the electrical room. Connect the Configuration PLC to the Network Cabinet 1350-PLC-1001. 4. Provide Ethernet cables from the Belt Press PLC Cabinets to the Configuration PLC. 5. Replace PLC:BSB with PLC Panel 1350-PLC-1001. 6. Provide Ethernet Cables from the Belt Press PLC Cabinets to the PLC Panel 1350-PLC- 1001. 3.3 PHASE B A. Work being performed as listed as Phase B, shall under contract with the Expansion Project General Contractor. The Expansion Project General Contractor shall be responsible for schedule and directions. It is anticipated the Notice to Proceed to the Expansion Project General Contractor will be March 1, 2020. It is anticipated that the total Construction Period will be 30 months. B. Major phasing milestones listed in the Expansion Project are as follows; 1. Phase 2 at 12 Months from NTP the following work to be completed; a. Blower Building, Electrical Room 1 b. RAS/WAS Pump Station 3 c. Aeration Basin Train 3 PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 12 16-Page 3 of 4 0982-003-04 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEPTEMBER 2019 d. Preliminary Treatment Unit e. Dewatering Building f. Thickener Building g. Sludge Holding Tanks 2. Expansion Project Phase 3 at 18 Months from NTP the following work to be completed; a. East Electrical Building b. Aeration Basin Train 2 3. Expansion Project Phase 4 at 24 Months from NTP the following work to be completed; a. Aeration Basin Train 1 b. Reuse Pump Station END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 12 16-Page 4 of 4 0982-003-04 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 12 16 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION.DOCX SECTION 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. ENGINEER will issue Field Orders authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. OWNER-Initiated Proposal Requests (Proposed Contract Modifications (PCM)): ENGINEER will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by ENGINEER are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. CONTRACTOR-Initiated Proposals (Contractor Modification Request(CMR)): If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, CONTRACTOR may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to ENGINEER. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 26 00-Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 60 00 "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use forms provided by OWNER. 1.5 UNIT BID ITEMS A. Unit Bid Item Adjustment: To adjust unit bid item amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the unit bid item, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable unit bid item for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the unit bid item. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit bid items. 4. OWNER reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the unit bid item described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or CONTRACTOR'S handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21- days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. OWNER will reject claims submitted later than 21-days after such authorization. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On OWNER'S approval of a Proposal Request, ENGINEER will issue a Change Order for signatures of OWNER and CONTRACTOR. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUPPLEMENT A. Forms are provided using an electronic format provided by OWNER in accordance with Section 01 31 24"Internet-based Construction Management." END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 26 00-Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES.DOCX SECTION 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Construction General Requirements not included in the General and Supplementary Conditions and in the related Sections listed below. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 11 00"Summary of Work"that expands provisions of the Section 00 52 00 "Agreement Form"and Section 00 72 00"General Conditions"by summarizing Work required by Contract Documents. 2. Section 01 12 16"Sequence of Construction"provides for sequence of construction for various elements. 3. Section 01 31 00"Project Management and Coordination"for the construction management system using the internet and electronic transfer of submittals, Requests for Information, progress reports, and other construction administration work. 4. Section 01 33 00"Submittals Procedures"for the procedures for submitting Action, Informational, and Delegated-Design Submittals. 5. Section 01 40 00"Quality Requirements"for the Quality Assurance and Control requirements and special inspections. 6. Section 01 43 33"Manufacturer's Field Services"for administrative procedure and requirements for manufacturers'services. 7. Section 01 50 00"Temporary Facilities and Controls"for the temporary utilities and construction facilities for support, security, and protection. 8. Section 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures"for the administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout. 9. Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data"for the emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals for products and equipment. 10. Section 01 79 00"Demonstration and Training"for the administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel. 11. Section 01 75 25"Equipment Testing and Startup"for the administrative and procedural requirements for testing equipment, operating systems, and startup of the facility. 12. Section 01 79 32"Selective Demolition"for demolition and removal of selected portions of buildings, structures, and site elements. 1.3 PROCEDURE: A. Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation or information of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. RFIs shall originate with CONTRACTOR. RFIs submitted by entities other than CONTRACTOR will be returned with no response. 2. ENGINEER may issue RFIs to clarify items as needed. 3. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in CONTRACTOR'S work or work of subcontractors. 1.4 CONTENT OF THE RFI: A. Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 26 13-Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of CONTRACTOR. 4. Name of ENGINEER. 5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 10. Contractor's signature. 11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. 1.5 ENGINEER'S ACTION: A. ENGINEER will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for ENGINEER'S response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. local time will be considered as received the following working day. B. ENGINEER'S action may include a request for additional information, in which case ENGINEER'S time for response will start again. C. ENGINEER'S action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for CONTRACTOR to submit Change Proposal. D. If CONTRACTOR believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify ENGINEER in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. On receipt of ENGINEER'S action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify ENGINEER within seven days if CONTRACTOR disagrees with response. 1.6 THE FOLLOWING RFIS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION: A. Requests for approval of submittals. B. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. D. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. E. Requests for interpretation of ENGINEER'S actions on submittals. F. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. 1.7 RFI LOG: A. Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Logs generated from Interned-based Construction Management software can be used for this purpose. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 26 13-Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION.DOCX SECTION 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets, Submittals Schedule, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to ENGINEER at earliest possible date but no later than ten (10)days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one-line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Application for Payment: a. Project name and location. b. OWNER'S Project Number. c. Name of ENGINEER. d. ENGINEER'S project number. e. CONTRACTOR'S name and address. f. Date of submittal. g. Application for Payment number. 2. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 3. Mobilization payment shall not exceed 2 percent of the total Contract amount. 4. For major items of equipment delivered to the Project site; a maximum payment of ninety(90) percent of the supplier's invoice amount will be made. The remaining ten (10) percent will be made following completion of installation, startup, testing and placement of the equipment in service. Some equipment may have alternate payment schedules as detailed in the relevant specification or in the equipment pre- negotiation packages. 5. Include separate line items under required principal subcontracts for operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record Documents, and demonstration and training in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum. 6. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 29 00-PAGE 1 OF 6 0982-003-04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 7. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. 8. Include accepted Schedule of Values for each schedule or portion of lump sum Work, and the unit price breakdown for Work to be paid on a unit price basis. 9. Include separate line item for each Change Order and Work Order Directive executed prior to date of submission. Provide further breakdown of such as requested by ENGINEER. 10. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 11. Unit Bid Items: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each unit bid item. Show line-item value of unit bid item, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 12. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and oOther major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 13. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by ENGINEER and paid for by OWNER. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application Forms: Use one of the following forms for Applications for Payment. 1. AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets 2. AIA Document G702/CMa and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets 3. EJCDC Document 1910-8-E, or 4. CONTRACTOR'S form, when approved by ENGINEER and OWNER. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 29 00-PAGE 2 OF 6 0982-003-04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule(preliminary if not final). 4. Schedule of unit prices. 5. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 9. Initial progress report. 10. Report of preconstruction conference. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. F. Schedule of Values: CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values for portions of work that are lump sum bid items. G. Payment Application Procedures: 1. Once a month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (RPR) one (1) draft copy of the partial pay estimate for review. RPR shall review and revise, as necessary, and then return the draft to the CONTRACTOR. Allow RPR seven (7)days minimum to check pay estimate. 2. CONTRACTOR shall then prepare six(6)original signed copies for the RPR's signature. Provide one (1) extra original for RPR to check one more time. (Original signatures are required on all six(6) summary pages and six(6) signature pages. Photocopied signatures will not be accepted.) 3. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. Partial pay requests shall be on forms approved by the OWNER. 4. CONTRACTOR shall use approved Schedule of Values and Bid Schedule for pay items. Provide signature space for CONTRACTOR, RPR, ENGINEER, and OWNER. David Freireich with the City of Round Rock will sign for the OWNER. 5. Pay Estimate pages should be submitted in this order: a. Summary of Payment Estimate Values with notarized statement. b. Attachment A—Total Value of Contract Performed c. Attachment B—Extra Work on Approved Change Orders d. Attachment C—Materials on Hand e. Copies of new"materials on hand"invoices received during the current payment period placed in the order listed on Attachment C. Copies of invoices for prior periods do not need to be submitted again. f. Attachment D— Project Summary g. Signature page 6. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the six(6)signed copies to the ENGINEER for review and forwarding to the OWNER for payment. 7. The ENGINEER will review and if he approves shall mail the six(6) copies to the OWNER. 8. CONTRACTOR should always check pay estimate remittance copies for any corrections prior to preparation of the next pay estimate. Just because the payment amount is the same as that submitted does not mean there were no errors. 9. Type written working copies are required. 10. Materials incorporated into the project are tax-exempt. CONTRACTOR is responsible for all taxes related to construction of this project. 11. Some of this pay estimate process may be able to be performed electronically. 12. Submit monthly photos. Refer to Section 01 32 33"Photographic Documentation". Payment application may by rejected if photos are not included. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 29 00-PAGE 3 OF 6 0982-003-04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 H. Contractor's Affidavit. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include a Contractor's Affidavit regarding discharge of payment obligations in accordance with the General Conditions. I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for OWNER occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions for final payment. 2. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 6. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 7. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 8. Evidence that claims have been settled, or provide a list of claims CONTRACTOR believes are unsettled. 9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. 1.5 MEASUREMENT A. Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. 1.6 PAYMENT A. Payment for all Lump Sum Work shown or specified in Contract Documents is included in the Contract Price. Payment will be based on a percentage complete basis for each line item of the accepted Schedule of Values. B. Payment for unit bid items will be in accordance with Division 1 Section 01 21 10 "Unit Bid Items"and the individual Division 2 through 49 Sections. 1.7 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED OR UNUSED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for the following: 1. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected material. 2. Quantities of material wasted or disposed of in manner not called for under Contract Documents. 3. Rejected loads of material, including material rejected after it has been placed by reason of failure of CONTRACTOR to conform to provisions of Contract Documents. 4. Material not unloaded from transporting vehicle. 5. Material remaining on hand after completion of work. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 29 00-PAGE 4 OF 6 0982-003-04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 1.8 PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Partial Payment: No partial payment will be made for materials and equipment delivered or stored unless Shop Drawings or preliminary operation and maintenance manuals are acceptable to ENGINEER. B. Final Payment: Will be made only for products incorporated in Work; remaining products, for which partial payment have been made, shall revert to CONTRACTOR unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for those items will be deducted from final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 29 00-PAGE 5 OF 6 0982-003-04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 29 00-Page 6 of 6 0982-003-04 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES.DOCX SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on the Project including project meetings. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENT A. Division 1 sections including but not limited to Section 01 70 00"Execution Requirements", 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures", and 01 78 39"Project Record Documents." 1.3 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Construction Operations: 1. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, which depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. a. Schedule construction operations in sequence required obtaining the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. b. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. c. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. d. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. B. Administrative Procedures: 1. Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. c. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. d. Delivery and processing of submittals. e. Progress meetings. f. Project closeout activities. 2. Startup and adjustment of systems. 1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Resident Project Representative 1. The Resident Project Representative (RPR)will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 31 00-Page 1 of 4 0982-003-04 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SEPTEMBER 2019 a. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. b. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. c. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned within 7 days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: 1. ENGINEER will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. a. Attendees: Authorized representatives of OWNER, ENGINEER, and their consultants; CONTRACTOR and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. b. Minutes: ENGINEER will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Pre-installation Conferences: 1. CONTRACTOR will conduct a pre-installation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. a. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. b. Reporting: CONTRACTOR shall distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present, as well as to the OWNER and ENGINEER. D. Progress Meetings: 1. Unless otherwise specified, conduct progress meetings at monthly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. a. Attendees: In addition to representatives of OWNER and ENGINEER, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. b. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. 1) Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. c. Minutes: ENGINEER will record and distribute to Contractor the meeting minutes. d. Reporting: CONTRACTOR shall distribute minutes of the meeting to each subcontractor present and to parties who should have been present. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 31 00-Page 2 of 4 0982-003-04 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SEPTEMBER 2019 1) Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. E. Facility Startup Meetings: 1. Schedule a minimum of two facility startup meetings. The initial meeting will be held prior to submitting Facility Startup and Performance Demonstration Plan as specified in Division 1 Section 01 75 25"Equipment Testing and Facility startup."The meeting shall initiate the preliminary discussions regarding the Plan. 2. Agenda items will include as a minimum; the objectives of the equipment testing and facility startup, what actions and work will be included, the coordination between the various parties, and potential problems associated with startup. 3. Attendees will include: a. CONTRACTOR. b. CONTRACTOR'S designated quality control representative. c. Subcontractors and Manufacturer's representatives designate by CONTRACTOR. d. ENGINEER'S representatives. e. OWNER'S operating and maintenance personnel. f. Others as required by Contract Documents. g. Other Meetings: As requested by OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR. PART 2 - PRODUCTS— NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION — NOT USED END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 31 00-Page 3 of 4 0982-003-04 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 31 00-Page 4 of 4 0982-003-04 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\1-PLANNING\APAI SPECIFICATION TEMPLATE 2019 REV 4.DOTX SECTION 01 31 24 INTERNET-BASED CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The ENGINEER will subscribe to and manage an Internet-based construction management system specific to this project. B. The project website will provide server space and secured access to staff members representing the OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR. Each user will have a separate log-in name and password to access the website. C. Contract management related documents will be submitted, tracked, responded to, and made available to the OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR over the Internet. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR will be required to make all submittals in electronic format, unless additional hard copies are requested. The required format will be discussed at the pre- construction meeting. The contractor shall also submit 2 hard copies of each shop drawing, O&M Manual, and equipment test report for the ENGINEER's review. The software product to be chosen will support multiple file formats and provide viewing and markup capability. See potential software products in "Part 2 - Products" below. B. The website includes a secured document management system for storing and making available to the project team the following: 1 Ahi!it;to ctnra fila nnri rnrrcnnnr1 nra 2. Latest drawings and specifications. 3. Project progress photos. C. The website will include the following database driven applications. The system is designed to inform team members regarding new or updated documents and automatic task assignment and overdue notifications. The following items shall be entered, submitted, tracked, and responded to on-line. 1. Meeting Minutes 2. Supplemental Instructions 3. Field Reports 4. CTR(Certified Test Reports) 5. RFIs(Requests For Information) 6. CMR(Contract Modification Request) 7. Shop Drawings/Submittals 8. PCMs (Proposed Contract Modifications) 9. Change Orders 10. Field Orders 11. Contractor's Daily Reports 12. Owner's (CSS Inspector) Daily Field Report 13. Applications for Payment with Schedule of Values, Payment Forecast Schedules 14. Construction Schedule 1.3 ARCHIVES A. The chosen web based project management application is capable of archiving all files on the website periodically. B. All data from the website, such as RFIs, Submittals, etc. will be available in the archive. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 31 24-PAGE 1 OF 2 0982-003-04 INTERNET-BASED CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 2- PRODUCTS A. General information on the software product to be used can be obtained by looking at the following website: Projectmates By Systemates, Inc., Dallas, Texas www.proiectmates.com E-mail: info projectmates.com Phone: 214-217-4100 B. The specific site used by the ENGINEER and administered by Systemates, Inc., is located at the following website: https://apai.projectmates.com/ PART 3- EXECUTION A. TRAINING: One training session by the vendor to the team members at the beginning of the project will be provided. Additional training expenses will be borne by the CONTRACTOR. B. SUPPORT: Software support will be available by the software vendor to all users of the project. C. OPERATION: CONTRACTOR shall maintain a PC system on the jobsite including high- speed access to the Internet and ability to scan documents. D. DURATION: The website will be active during construction and a minimum of 3 months past final completion. The OWNER will have the option to continue use of the website after completion of the project. E. ARCHIVES: All files on the website will be archived every quarter and at the end of the project. These archives will be made available to the CONTRACTOR for download over the Internet. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 31 24-EI-PAGE 2 OF 2 0982-003-04 INTERNET-BASED CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 31 24 INTERNET-BASED CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT.DOCX SECTION 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submittals Schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Field condition reports. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures"for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination"for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either OWNER or CONTRACTOR, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. E. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail. F. Major Area: An area of construction, a separate facility, or a similar significant construction element. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Schedule: Submit per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management." Arrange the following information in a tabular format: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 00-Page 1 of 6 0982-003-04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for ENGINEER'S final release or approval. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Transmit submittals per Division 1 Section 01 31 24 "Internet-Based Construction Management,"large enough to show entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management." D. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management." Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float. E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management." F. Field Condition Reports: Submit per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management." 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing,fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 00-Page 2 of 6 0982-003-04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each facility or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than approximately 20 days. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include time for equipment testing as specified in Division 1 Section 01 75 25"Equipment Testing and Startup." 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for ENGINEER'S administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Constraints: include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: 1) Coordination with existing construction. 2) Limitations of continued occupancies. 3) Uninterruptible services. 4) Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. 5) Use of premises restrictions. 6) Provisions for future construction. 7) Seasonal variations. 8) Environmental control. 3. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart- type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 00-Page 3 of 6 0982-003-04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer completing, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. 2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized, cost-and resource-loaded, time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1) Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse CONTRACTOR from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of ENGINEER'S approval of the schedule. 2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 3. Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule. D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: 1) Preparation and processing of submittals. 2) Mobilization and demobilization. 3) Purchase of materials. 4) Delivery. 5) Fabrication. 6) Utility interruptions. 7) Installation. 8) Work by OWNER that may affect or be affected by CONTRACTOR'S activities. 9) Testing and commissioning. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. 1) Sub-networks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 00-Page 4 of 6 0982-003-04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 E. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight"early start- total float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. CONTRACTOR or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. a. Principal events of activity. 3. Immediately preceding and succeeding activities. 4. Early and late start dates. 5. Early and late finish dates. 6. Activity duration in workdays. 7. Total float or slack time. 8. Average size of workforce. F. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. 2.5 CONTRACT TIME A. Contract time cannot be changed by the submission of progress changes. Contract time can only be modified by approved Change Order. 2.6 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Equipment at Project site. 3. Material deliveries. 4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 5. Accidents. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 7. Meter readings and similar recordings. 8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Services connected and disconnected. 10. Equipment or system tests and startups. B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 00-Page 5 of 6 0982-003-04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to ENGINEER, OWNER, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by CONTRACTOR with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 00-Page 6 of 6 0982-003-04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION.DOCX SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. 3. Final completion construction photographs. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures"for submitting photographic documentation. 2. Division 1 Section 01 79 32 "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence. 3. Division 1 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives and digital media as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. 4. Division 1 Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting videotapes of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or stage of area. Include same label information as corresponding set of photographs. B. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view and two CD-ROMs or USB Flash drives each containing a complete set of digital image files within seven days of taking photographs. 1. Format: 8-by-10-inch smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial- grade photographic paper, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-ring binder. 2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name of ENGINEER. c. Name of CONTRACTOR. d. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera. e. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or stage. f. Stationing or northing and easting of major structures. g. Unique sequential identifier. 3. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each submittal of prints as a Project Record Document on CD-ROM or USB Flash drive. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 33-Page 1 of 4 0982-003-04 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) 1.5 COORDINATION (NOT USED) 1.6 USAGE RIGHTS A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to OWNER for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 10.0 mega pixels, and at an image resolution of up to 3072 by 2304 pixels, capable of producing 8 x 10 photo reproductions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographer: A commercial photographer or a member of the CONTRACTOR'S staff may take the initial, monthly, and final progress photographs. B. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. C. Film Images: 1. Date Stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph. 2. Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of progress photographs in the field office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs same as for those submitted to ENGINEER. D. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. 1. Date and Time: Include date and time in filename for each image. E. Additional Photographs: ENGINEER may issue requests for additional photographs, in addition to periodic photographs specified. 1. Three days notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations,take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit bid items. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 33-Page 2 of 4 0982-003-04 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 33-Page 3 of 4 0982-003-04 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 32 33-Page 4 of 4 0982-003-04 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION.DOCX SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures"for submitting warranties. 2. Division 1 Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents"for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Division 1 Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data"for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Division 1 Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training"for submitting videotapes of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 5. Divisions 2 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those cprtinnc " 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires ENGINEER'S responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require ENGINEER'S responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that requires sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. ENGINEER reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation"for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on ENGINEER'S receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 1 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 21 days for review of each resubmittal. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately on label or beside title block to record CONTRACTOR'S review markings (Green in color). 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of ENGINEER. d. Name and address of CONTRACTOR. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number shall be by means of a specification number, a chronological order, and a letter suffices to indicate number of times submitted. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a hyponym and then a sequential number(e.g.,33 05 61-01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another hyponym (e.g., 33 05 61- 01-A). 2) Operational and Maintenance Manuals submitted shall be identified with the same number as it's corresponding equipment submittal. (e.g., 22 14 29-DRAFT), indicates preliminary O&M Manual for equipment submitted under Section 22 14 29. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s)where product is to be installed, as appropriate. I. Other necessary identification. E. Deviations from Contract Documents: CONTRACTOR shall highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations(Green in color) from the Contract Documents on submittals. Requests for deviation shall be by Contractor's Modification Request in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 Section 01 26 00"Contract Modification Procedures." F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless ENGINEER observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit submittals per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management." ENGINEER will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked"REVIEWED." 4. For resubmittals, CONTRACTOR shall provide the entire and complete submittal for project documentation. If the CONTRACTOR provides only the portions required by the previous shop drawing review, then the ENGINEER may elect to return the submittal without review. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 2 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, and authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating"REVIEWED" or "Furnished As Corrected." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. When pre-printed catalog information is submitted, clearly identified item to be submitted with arrow or other mark. Catalog information not marked clearly shall be returned. 4. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. e. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. f. Printed performance curves. g. Operational range diagrams. h. Compliance with specified referenced standards. i. Testing by recognized testing agency. 5. Number of Copies: Submit Product Data electronically in accordance with Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management". In additional, submit two hard copies to ENGINEER." C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal of ENGINEER'S CAD Drawings is otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Notation of coordination requirements. j. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. k. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. I. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. m. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field- installed wiring. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 3 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 n. Electrical requirements. o. Limits of or range of operation. p. Performance curves. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 3. Number of Copies: Submit Shop Drawings electronically in accordance with Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management."In additional, submit two hard copies to ENGINEER." D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Original hard copies must be provided for color selection or items with various finishes. Electronic submittals are not acceptable. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. ENGINEER will return submittal with options selected. 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. ENGINEER will retain one Sample set; remainder will be returned. E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated. ENGINEER will return two copies. F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation." G. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures." H. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures." PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 4 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit per Section 01 31 24"Internet-Based Construction Management", unless otherwise indicated. ENGINEER will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. An officer shall sign certificates and certifications or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements." B. Coordination Drawings: As required, comply with requirements specified in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and Coordination." C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation." D. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Instaiier compiies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. H. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. I. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. J. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. K. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. L. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. M. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. N. Operational and Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data." PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 5 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 0. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Summary of installation procedures being followed,whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 2. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. S. Construction Photographs and Videotapes: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 32 33 "Photographic Documentation." T. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS): Submit information directly to OWNER; do not submit to ENGINEER. 1. ENGINEER will not review submittals that include MSDS and will return them for resubmittal. 2.3 DELEGATED DESIGN A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of CONTRACTOR by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to ENGINEER. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit per Section"Internet-Based Construction Management", signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to CONTRACTOR to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in each submittal and shall insure the values, material, equipment, or method of work shall be as described. B. CONTRACTOR shall insure there is no conflict with other submittals and shall notify ENGINEER of each case where a conflict may occur. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 6 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 C. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp (Green in color) before submitting to ENGINEER. D. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp (Green in color). Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of CONTRACTOR'S approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ENGINEER'S ACTION A. General: ENGINEER will not review submittals that do not bear CONTRACTOR'S approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: ENGINEER will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. ENGINEER will either stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, or use the Shop Drawing Review Comments form listed in Part 3 to indicate the action taken for each submittal as follows: 1. REVIEWED a. CONTRACTOR may incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal. 2. FURNISHED AS CORRECTED a. CONTRACTOR may incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal, in accordance with ENGINEER'S notations. 3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT a. Make corrections or obtain missing portions, and resubmit. 4. REJECTED a. Contractor may not incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal. C. Informational Submittals: ENGINEER will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. ENGINEER will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. 3.3 SUPPLEMENTS A. Forms are provided using an electronic format provided by OWNER in accordance with Section 01 31 24"Internet-based Construction Management." END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-PAGE 7 OF 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 33 00-EI-Page 8 of 8 0982-003-04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.DOCX SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services to not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit CONTRACTOR'S other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Provisions of this Section do not limit requirements for CONTRACTOR to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by ENGINEER, OWNER, or authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures." 2. All other Contract Document sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by ENGINEER. C. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics. E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL), a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 40 00-PAGE 1 OF 6 0982-003-04 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 H. Independent Testing Agency: An entity engaged by separate contract with the OWNER to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. The terms Independent Testing Laboratory and Independent Testing Agency shall have equivalent meaning. I. Testing Agency: An entity engaged by the CONTRACTOR to perform specific tests, inspections, or both identified as the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility by the Contract Documents. Testing Laboratory shall mean the same as Testing Agency. J. Installer/Applicator/Erector: CONTRACTOR or another entity engaged by CONTRACTOR as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Using a term such as"carpentry" does not imply that accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as"carpenter", must perform certain construction activities. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to trades people of the corresponding generic name. K. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five (5) previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to ENGINEER for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to ENGINEER for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Testing Agencies specified in Paragraph 1.6 "Quality Assurance"to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 40 00-PAGE 2 OF 6 0982-003-04 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Laboratory facilities, including personnel, and equipment, utilized shall meet the criteria detailed in ASTM E329"Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing." 2. Testing Agency shall be accredited by the American Association of Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), National Institute of Standards and Technology(NIST), NVLAP, or other nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 3. Comply with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. G. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Mockups: If applicable, before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by ENGINEER. 2. Notify ENGINEER seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: The OWNER is required by law to provide quality-control services using an Independent Testing Agency. The OWNER will engage a qualified Independent Testing Agency to perform these services. 1. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to CONTRACTOR. A deductive Change Order will be used to adjust the Contract Sum. 2. The OWNER shall provide field and laboratory services in connection with construction materials testing required by separate contract with an Independent Testing Agency or other consultant. Such work includes but is not limited to the following: a. . b. Weld inspection, coating inspections, torque requirements for steel erection, and other non-destructive testing required by the Contract Documents. c. All inspection and testing work not specifically stated to be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as OWNER'S responsibility, the independent testing agency or other consultant shall be required by contract with the PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 40 00-PAGE 3 OF 6 0982-003-04 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 OWNER to prepare certified written reports to be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures"for each quality-control service. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Only such tests and inspections that are explicitly assigned to the CONTRACTOR shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. Unless otherwise indicated, the OWNER shall provide both the quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform the following quality-control services. 1. Where services are specifically indicated as CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. CONTRACTOR shall not employ same entity engaged by OWNER, unless agreed to in writing by OWNER. 2. Notify Testing Agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are specifically indicated as CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, the selected Testing Agency shall prepare certified written reports to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures"for each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting desired by CONTRACTOR and not required by the Contract Documents are CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures." D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting,for construction of replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. Should laboratory services provided by the OWNER under Paragraph 1.7.A of this Section indicate the work does not meet Contract Document requirements, the cost of additional testing or surveying shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR by deductive Change Order to the Contract Amount. The testing or surveying services required shall be performed by the Independent Testing Agency or other consultant under separate contract with the OWNER. E. Independent Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. The Independent Testing Agency shall: 1. Notify ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, distribution as indicated, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service in accordance with Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures"for each quality-control service. 4. Not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 5. Not perform any duties of CONTRACTOR. F. Associated Services: CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with all agencies,whether under contract with the OWNER or CONTRACTOR, performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify all agencies, whether under contract with the OWNER or CONTRACTOR, sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 40 00-PAGE 4 OF 6 0982-003-04 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. G. Coordination: CONTRACTOR shall coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, and similar activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to ENGINEER. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for ENGINEER'S reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. B. Repair and protection are CONTRACTOR'S responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 40 00-PAGE 5 OF 6 0982-003-04 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 40 00-EI-PAGE 6 OF 6 0982-003-04 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.DOCX SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey ENGINEER'S action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to ENGINEER'S duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by ENGINEER. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required,"and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "s hown," "noted," noted, "scheduled,"and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. D. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. I ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) I PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 42 00-PAGE 1 OF 6 0982-003-04 REFERENCES SEPTEMBER 2019 Architectural Barriers Act(ABA) CFR Code of Federal Regulations DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) MIL-STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards TAS Texas Accessibility Standards TDLR Texas Department of Licensing and Regulations 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association ACI ACI International (American Concrete Institute) ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) AI Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects (The) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET- Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated AMCA Air Movement&Control Association International, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute APA Architectural Precast Association API American Petroleum Institute ARI Air-Conditioning &Refrigeration Institute ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers ASME ASME International ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM ASTM International PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 42 00-PAGE 2 OF 6 0982-003-04 REFERENCES SEPTEMBER 2019 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association (The) CGA Compressed Gas Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CPA Composite Panel Association CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Cast Stone Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) DHI Door and Hardware Institute DMS Departmental Material Specifications,TxDOT EIA Electronic Industries Alliance EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. FMG FM Global (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System) FMRC Factory Mutual Research (Now FMG) HI Hydraulic Institute HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood &Veneer Association ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance ISO International Organization of Standardization LPI Lightning Protection Institute MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association MHIA Material Handling Industry of America MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association NFPA NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NSF NSF International (National Sanitation Foundation International) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA) PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 42 00-PAGE 3 OF 6 0982-003-04 REFERENCES SEPTEMBER 2019 PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Painting &Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute PLANET Professional Landcare Network (Formerly: ACLA-Associated Landscape Contractors of America) PTI Post-Tensioning Institute RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections SAE SAE International SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings STI Steel Tank Institute UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association) B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES) ICC International Code Council ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (See ICC) C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. CE Army Corps of Engineers CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission DOC Department of Commerce DOD Department of Defense DOE Department of Energy EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAA Federal Aviation Administration FCC Federal Communications Commission FDA Food and Drug Administration GSA General Services Administration PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 42 00-PAGE 4 OF 6 0982-003-04 REFERENCES SEPTEMBER 2019 HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology OSHA Occupational Safety& Health Administration PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) SD State Department TRB Transportation Research Board USDA Department of Agriculture USPS Postal Service D. State Government and Regional Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality TWDB Texas Water Development Board TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 42 00-PAGE 5 OF 6 0982-003-04 REFERENCES SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 42 00-PAGE 6 OF 6 0982-003-04 REFERENCES SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 0143 33 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the requirements for the qualifications, services, training, installation assistance, and related Work required for manufacturers'services. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 75 25"Equipment Testing and Startup." 2. Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data"for requirements for furnishing operation and maintenance information and materials. 3. Section 01 79 00"Demonstration and Training" 4. All other Contract Documents for additional requirements. C. Definitions 1. Person-Day: One person for 8 hours within regular CONTRACTOR working hours. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Training Schedule: Submit not less than 21 days prior to start of equipment installation. B. Lesson Plan:.,. Submit.. ...d I 1.., .�L less than 21 days _to -�-_ -� � B. Lesson r lan: proposed ICJJUI I plan MLA ICEs days prior schedule training session. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Authorized representative of the manufacturer, factory trained, and experienced in the technical applications, operation, and maintenance of respective equipment, subsystem, or system, with full authority by the equipment manufacturer to issue the certifications require of equipment manufacturer. Additional qualifications may be specified in the individual Sections. B. Representative will be subject to acceptance by ENGINEER and OWNER. No substitute representative will be allowed unless prior written approval has been given. 1.5 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 MANUFACTURERS'SERVICES A. Furnish minimum manufacturers'services, when required by the Contract Documents, to comply with the requirements of this Section. B. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Section for manufacturers'services, or when a minimum time is not specified, the time required to perform the specified services shall be considered incidental. C. Schedule manufacturers'services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other manufacturers'onsite services. D. Determine, before scheduling manufacturers'services that all conditions necessary to allow successful completion of the services have been complied with. E. Only those days of service approved by ENGINEER will be credited to fulfill the specified minimum service. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 0143 33-Page 1 of 6 0982-003-04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2019 F. When specified by the Contract Documents, manufacturer's onsite services shall include: 1. Assistance during product(system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, and instruction of CONTRACTOR'S personnel during the assembly, erection, installation or application Work. 2. Inspection, checking, and adjustments as required for product(system, subsystem, or component)to function as warranted by manufacturer and required to provide Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation. 3. Provide on a daily basis copies of manufacturer's representative field notes and data to ENGINEER. 4. Visiting site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to ENGINEER. 5. Resolution of assemble or installation problems attributable to, or associated with, respective manufacturer's products and systems. 6. Assistance during functional and performance testing, facility start-up, evaluation, and commissioning. 7. Training of OWNER'S personnel in the operation and maintenance of the product as required. 8. Additional requirements may be specified in applicable Section(s). 2.2 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE A. When specified in the Contract Documents, provide a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, completed and signed by the entity supplying the product, material, or service prior to shipment. A copy of this form is attached to this Section. B. ENGINEER may permit use of certain products, materials, or service prior to testing if accompanied by an accepted Certificate of Compliance. C. The Certificate shall certify the product, material, or service complies with the Contract Documents. Attach supporting documentation as appropriate. This information may reflect previous test results on the product, material, or services. 2.3 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION A. When specified in the Contract Documents, provide a Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation, completed and signed by the manufacturer's representative. A copy of this form is attached to this Section. B. The Certificate shall certify the signing party is a dully-authorized representative of the manufacturer, is empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve the installation, operate their equipment, and make recommendations required to ensure the equipment installation is complete and operational. 2.4 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP A. Provide manufacturers'representative to assist CONTRACTOR for the specified product (system, subsystem, and component) on accordance with Section 01 75 25"Equipment Testing and Startup." 2.5 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturers'representative for detailed classroom and hands-on training to OWNER'S personnel on the operation and maintenance of specified product(system, subsystem, and component). Refer to Section 01 79 00"Demonstration and Training"for additional requirements. B. Furnish trained, articulate personnel to coordinate and expedite training, to be present during training coordination meetings with OWNER and familiar with required operation and maintenance information submitted in accordance with Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data." C. Furnish training materials, which will be retained by the trainee. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 43 33-Page 2 of 6 0982-003-04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2019 2.6 SUPPLEMENTS A. The following forms located after"END OF SECTION"are part of this Section: 1. Form: Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 2. Form: Manufacturer's Certificate of Installation. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 43 33-Page 3 of 6 0982-003-04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2019 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE OWNER: PRODUCT, MATERIAL OR SERVICE: PROJECT NAME: Comments: I hereby certify that the above-referenced product, material, or service called for by the Contract for the named Project has been furnished in accordance with all applicable requirements. I further certify that the product, material, or service is of the quality specified and conform in all respects with the Contract Documents, and of the quantity shown. Date of Execution: Manufacturer: Manufacturer's Authorized Agent (Print): (Authorized Signature) Attachments: Add comments on separate sheets as applicable. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 43 33-Page 4 of 6 0982-003-04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2019 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION Owner: Serial No.: Tag No.: System: Project No.: Spec. Section: I hereby certify the above referenced equipment/system has been: (Check Applicable) ❑ Installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ❑ Inspected, checked, and adjusted. ❑ Serviced with proper lubricants. ❑ Electrical and mechanical connections meet quality and safety requirements. ❑ All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. ❑ Functional test completed. ❑ System has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds specified performance requirements. (When complete system furnished by single manufacturer) Date of Execution: Manufacturer: Manufacturer's Authorized Agent(Print): (Authorized Signature) Attachments: Add comments on separate sheets as applicable. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 43 33-Page 5 of 6 0982-003-04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 43 33-Page 6 of 6 0982-003-04 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 43 33 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES.DOCX SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. This Section includes provisions for the project sign, plant operation during construction and plant shutdowns, and other work. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section 01 11 00 "Summary of Work" for limitations on utility interruptions and other work restrictions. 2. Division 1 Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures"for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 3. Division 1 Section 01 70 00 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. 4. Divisions 2 through 49 Sections for temporary heat,ventilation, and humidity rPni iiramantc fnr nrndi irtc in thncc Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS (NOT USED) 1.4 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Owner's construction forces, ENGINEER, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Electric Power Service: Electric power shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR, with CONTRACTOR responsible for obtaining meter and paying for all set up charges. OWNER will pay for usage. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Potable Water Service: CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a meter from the OWNER(or the OWNER'S designated water service provider if not the same entity as the OWNER) and providing potable water service to construction trailers and to other temporary locations. OWNER will pay for usage. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel and Resident Project Representative. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 50 00-Page 1 of 6 0982-003-04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SEPTEMBER 2019 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before OWNER'S acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 8 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, foundations adequate for normal loading, having insulated double walls, ceiling, and floors. B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. C. First Aid Facilities: Provide a first aid station in CONTRACTOR'S field office. Provide full complement of first aid supplies in weatherproof container at first aid station. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Protection: 1. Furnish and maintain onsite adequate firefighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. Comply with applicable parts of National fire Prevention Standard for Safeguarding Building Construction Operations (NFPA No. 241). 2. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated 2A minimum, at CONTRACTOR's and ENGINEER's field office, and at storage sheds. 3. Ensure that internal combustion engine powered equipment is located a safe distance from combustible materials. 4. Prohibit smoking in locations and operations of potential fire hazard and clearly post "No Smoking" or"Open Flame"signs. B. Flammable Material Storage: Store flammable/combustible liquids in conformance with requirements of federal and local codes and regulations, and prohibit storage of flammable/combustible liquids near exits, stairways or common passageways. Provide approved metal safety containers for storage of flammable/combustible liquids in excess of 1 gallon. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 50 00-Page 2 of 6 0982-003-04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SEPTEMBER 2019 2.4 PROJECT SIGN (NOT USED) 2.5 TEMPORARY FACILITY SERVICES (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets,wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. G. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Provide a directory at each telephone, listing the name and business telephone number of: 1. CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors employed at work site. 2. Resident Project Representatives. 3. Medical Services; Physicians, Hospitals,and Ambulance service companies. 4. Emergency numbers of all utilities. 5. Police. 6. Fire Departments. J. Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication service, including electronic mail in field offices. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 50 00-Page 3 of 6 0982-003-04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SEPTEMBER 2019 3.3 PLANT OPERATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND PLANT SHUTDOWNS A. The following stipulations shall apply to the construction on this project. 1. The ability of the plant to meet treatment limits on all discharges is critical and will take priority in allowing shutdown of facilities once started. All shutdowns of any plant facilities must be coordinated with the ENGINEER and the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall request permission from the ENGINEER to take existing equipment, structures, roadways, pipelines and electrical and instrumentation facilities out of service at least fourteen (14) days prior to the requested date. 2. The request must include the proposed date; the proposed time for initiating the shutdown; the proposed time for returning the item back to service; a description of the item to be taken out of service; the purpose of the shutdown; and any other information which may be needed by the ENGINEER to evaluate the request. 3. This request must be repeated three (3) days prior to the requested date. The CONTRACTOR shall not initiate the shutdown until approval is granted. The OWNER reserves the right to choose a range of times during the day or night that work 4. Under no circumstances will the CONTRACTOR be permitted to divert or discharge any untreated flows from the plant. 5. Process facilities must be accessible to plant personnel at all times once operation begins. For these reasons, although approval for a shutdown may be granted, operating conditions at the plant may require that the shutdown be canceled at the last minute, or that the time allowed for the shutdown be reduced. No additional compensation will be made to the CONTRACTOR for these unforeseen changes in the schedule. 6. It may be necessary, during the course of construction, to make several connections to the existing facilities such as pipelines, structures or process equipment. All work involved in making connections, which will require that existing facilities be taken out of service, shall be carefully planned and coordinated with both the ENGINEER and the OWNER to permit"down time" of the existing facilities be held to a minimum. On occasions when more than one parallel existing facility (basin, pump, pipeline, etc.) must be taken out of service, work shall proceed on a 24-hour schedule until the additional facilities are back in operation. 3.4 FIELD OFFICE'S AND SUPPORT FACILITIES A. General Requirements: Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. B. Storage Sheds: Provide storage sheds for products stored on site in conformance with the General Conditions. The storage sheds shall have weather-tight construction, heating, ventilating and air conditioning as required to comply with the General Conditions, sufficient space to provide for inspection, and electric lighting. C. Equipment and Material Storage: Properly store and protect equipment delivered to the job site until installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Motor space heaters shall be connected, shafts rotated, etc. All equipment shall be stored on skids or blocking, off the ground. D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with Section 01 70 00 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 50 00-Page 4 of 6 0982-003-04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SEPTEMBER 2019 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION (NOT USED) 3.6 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES (NOT USED) 3.7 OPERATION,TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL (NOT USED) 3.8 DUST CONTROL(NOT USED) END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 50 00-Page 5 of 6 0982-003-04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 50 00-Page 6 of 6 0982-003-04 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\1-PLANNING\APAI SPECIFICATION TEMPLATE 2019 REV 4.DOTX SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 42 00 "References"for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 3. Section 01 78 36"Warranties." 4. All other Contract Documents for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system,"and terms of similar intent. a. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, which is current as of date of the Contract Documents. b. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. c. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. 2. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 3. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation,to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 1 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS—NOT USED 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment List. Within 60 days after Notice to Proceed, submit a complete list of major products proposed for the Project, with the name of the manufacturer and the installing entity. B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title; Drawing numbers and titles; sufficient information for review by ENGINEER; CONTRACTOR'S certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated; and CONTRACTOR'S waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at end of Section. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by OWNER and separate contractors, which will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects, engineers, and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. j. CONTRACTOR'S certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. k. CONTRACTOR'S waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. ENGINEER'S Action: If necessary, ENGINEER will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order or Field Order. b. Use product specified if ENGINEER cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 2 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 C. Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. ENGINEER'S Action: If necessary, ENGINEER will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 01 33 10 "Supplier's Submittals." b. Use product specified if ENGINEER cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. D. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 " Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If CONTRACTOR is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Design Requirements: Where CONTRACTOR design is specified; design of installation, systems, equipment, and components, including supports and anchorage, shall be in with provisions of International Building Code by International Code Council. Refer to the drawings for required design load criteria. C. Environmental Requirements: Provide products suitable for installation and operation under rated conditions at 650 feet above sea level. Products installed outdoors or in unheated enclosures shall be capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 10°F to 110°F. D. Product installations are defined as equipment furnished for an individual facility installed as part of a single project. Multiple equipment items installed as part of the same project shall not be considered multiple installations. Multiple equipment items installed at the same facility at different times as part of different projects can be considered multiple installations. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged or sensitive to deterioration,theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 3 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 5. Protect stored products from damage. 6. Off-site storage of materials and equipment shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS A. The equipment, sizes, materials, and arrangements described in this section are based on recommendations by equipment suppliers and shall be considered minimum limits of acceptability. B. Environmental Conditions: 1. All equipment including controls and drives specified herein shall be specifically designed to be installed for this service and the environment encountered in this installation, unless noted otherwise. 2. All equipment shall be designed and capable of operation outdoors at ambient temperatures of 10°F to 110°F. 3. Equipment shall be compatible with heat tracing and insulation, which will be furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR. If additional freeze protection beyond heat tracing and insulation is required it shall be furnished by the Equipment SUPPLIER. Equipment SUPPLIER shall coordinate with the CONTRACTOR to provide direction on where heat tracing is required, and shall verify that the CONTRACTOR has provided adequate heat tracing and insulation during startup activities. 1.8 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to OWNER. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for OWNER. 3. Refer to Section 01 78 36"Warranties"for additional requirements. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 4 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Like items of products furnished and installed shall be end products of one manufacturer and of the same series or family of models to achieve standardization for appearance, operation and maintenance, spare parts and replacement, manufacturer's services, and implement same or similar process instrumentation and control functions. 4. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar components, unless otherwise specified. 5. OWNER reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 6. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," ENGINEER will make selection. 7. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is FN(TNFFR'c 8. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. 9. Regulatory Requirements: Coating materials shall meet federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds and for worker exposure. 10. Electrical Components: Provide Work in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical code, and be labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or other agency acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 11. Equipment Finish: a. Provide manufacturer's standard finish and color, except where specific color is indicted. b. If manufacturer does not have a standard color, provide color as approved by ENGINEER. 12. Special Tools and Accessories: Provide to OWNER all special tools and accessories required placing equipment in operation. These include special tools and other spare parts required for maintenance. B. Fabrication and Manufacture: 1. General Requirements: a. Manufacture parts to U.S.A. standard sizes and gauges. b. Two or more items of the same type shall be identical, by the same manufacturer, and interchangeable. c. Modify standard products as necessary to meet performance specifications. C. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 5 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that comply with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products"Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7. Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products"Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches ENGINEER'S sample. ENGINEER'S decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions"Article for proposal of product. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: ENGINEER will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of ENGINEER. B. Conditions: ENGINEER will consider CONTRACTOR'S request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, ENGINEER will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers OWNER a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities OWNER must assume. OWNER'S additional responsibilities may include compensation to ENGINEER for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by OWNER, and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. 3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect CONTRACTOR'S Construction Schedule. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 6 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions: ENGINEER will consider CONTRACTOR'S request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, ENGINEER will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, which it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. 2.4 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL A. Except as specifically indicated or specified, materials and equipment removed from existing facilities shall not be used in the completed Work. B. For materials and equipment designated for reuse in the Work: 1. Use special care in removal, handling, storage, and installation to ensure proper function in the completed Work. 2. Arrange for transportation, storage and handling of the products when offsite storage, restoration, or renovation. All costs associated with this work are the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. 2.5 TOOLS, SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. See applicable sections for specific requirements. B. Schedule: 1. Ensure shipment and delivery occurs concurrent with shipment of product. 2. Transfer to OWNER upon acceptance by CONTRACTOR of shipment. C. Packaging and Shipment: 1. Package and ship items to avoid damage during long term storage in original cartons or in appropriately sized, hinged-cover,wood, plastic or metal boxes. 2. Prominently display on each package: Part number, consistent with Operation and Maintenance Manual identification system; equipment description, quantity of parts; and equipment manufacturer. D. Deliver to designation location as directed by Resident Project Representative. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 7 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When the specification Section requires the Work to be accomplished in accordance with "manufacturer's instructions", obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation. Provide two copies to the Resident Project Representative and maintain one set at the Project site. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and in conformity with the Contract Documents. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedures. In case of conflict between job conditions or Contract Documents with manufacturer's instructions notify Resident Project Representative. C. Upon completion of installation, obtain Certificate of Installation from manufacturer's representative. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Inspect products for signs of pitting, rust decay, or other deleterious effects of storage. Do not install products showing such effects. Remove damaged product from Project site and expedite delivery of identical new product. Delays to Work resulting from product damage, which necessitates procurement of new product, will be considered delays within CONTRACTOR'S control. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Drawings show general locations for product installation, unless specially dimensioned. B. No shimming between machined surfaces is allowed. C. Install Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation, unless otherwise specified. D. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust product in accordance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions. E. Perform required adjustments, tests, operation checks, and other start-up activities. 3.4 SUPPLEMENTS A. Sample forms included after"End Of Section"are considered part of this Section: 1. Substitution Request. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 8 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 Ihrfi Advancementof Construed° SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Technology (After the Bidding Phase) Project: Substitution Request Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: Contract For: Specification Title: Description: Section: Page: Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone: History: ❑ New product ❑ 2-5 years old ❑ 5-10 yrs old ❑ More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: ❑ Point-by-point comparative data attached- REQUIRED BY ENGINEER Reason for not providing specified item: Similar Installation: Project: Engineer: Address: Owner: Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: ❑ No ❑Yes; explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ). Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: ❑ No ❑Yes [Add] ID .du ti days. Supporting Data Attached: ❑ Drawings ❑ Product Data ❑ Samples ❑Tests ❑ Reports ❑ PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 9 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (Continued) The Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts,as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: Telephone: Attachments: A/E's REVIEW AND ACTION ❑ Substitution approved- Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 33 10. El Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 33 10. El Substitution rejected -Use specified materials. ❑ Substitution Request received too late- Use specified materials. Signed by: Date: Additional Comments: ❑ Contractor ❑ Subcontractor ❑ Supplier ❑ Manufacturer ❑A/E ❑ PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 60 00-Page 10 of 10 0982-003-04 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJE(;IS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.DOCX SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General installation of products. 2. Starting and adjusting. 3. Correction of the Work. 4. Workmanship. 5. Firearms. 6. Handling materials not approved. 7. Salvaged material. 8. Blasting and burning. 9. OSHA Standards B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 43 33"Manufacturers'Field Services"for information pertaining to the qualifications and requirements. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS(NOT USED) 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) PART 2 - PRODUCTS— NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine rough-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 70 00-PAGE 1 OF 6 0982-003-04 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction,verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to ENGINEER. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT(NOT USED) 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING (NOT USED) 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produces harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by ENGINEER. H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 °F. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 70 00-PAGE 2 OF 6 0982-003-04 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. C. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. D. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. E. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. F. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. G. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation in accordance with Section 01 75 25"Equipment Testing and Startup"and the following: 1. Remove malfunctioning components, replace with new components, and retest. 2. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. 3. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Manufacturer's Services: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 43 33 "Manufacturers'Field Services." 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturers written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. C. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 70 00-PAGE 3 OF 6 0982-003-04 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 D. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. 3.10 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT/CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PLANS (NOT USED) 3.11 PLAN OF ACTION A. CONTRACTOR shall prepare a detailed, written plan of action covering all shutdowns, material deliveries, confined space/hazardous environment entries, plant protection system, construction sequence for modifications to existing facilities, for review and coordination with the OWNER and ENGINEER at the pre-construction conference. The pre-construction conference will be held prior to beginning construction activities. 3.12 BASIN DEWATERING AND CLEANING (NOT USED) 3.13 WORKMANSHIP A. Specifications contain detailed instructions and descriptions of the major items of construction and workmanship necessary for building and completing the various elements of the Project. The Specifications are intended to be written so that only first class workmanship and finish of the best grade and quality will result. The fact that these Specifications may fail to be so complete as to cover all details will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of full responsibility for providing a completed project of high quality, first class finish and appearance and satisfactory for operation, all within the apparent intent of the Plans and Specifications. 3.14 FIREARMS A. Neither the Contractor nor any of his employees shall be allowed to carry firearms on the Project, either on their persons or within their automobiles. Any violation of this requirement will result in the permanent removal from the Project of the employee committing the violation. 3.15 HANDLING MATERIALS NOT APPROVED A. The CONTRACTOR shall remove from the site any materials found to be damaged, and any materials not meeting the specifications. These materials shall be removed promptly, unless the ENGINEER will accept the materials after repairing. Materials found to be damaged, or not acceptable to the ENGINEER, shall be removed. Examination before installation shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from any responsibility to furnish good quality materials. 3.16 SURPLUS AND SALVAGED MATERIAL A. Surplus equipment or material, which is removed by the CONTRACTOR as specified in the Drawings and Specifications, shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the disposal of salvage material offsite. B. Equipment and material designated to be salvage shall be transported by the CONTRACTOR to a location as directed by the Resident Project Representative. 3.17 ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES(NOT USED) 3.18 ENDANGERED SPECIES (NOT USED) 3.19 BLASTING AND BURNING A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 70 00-PAGE 4 OF 6 0982-003-04 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 B. Burning and Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. Trees and brush removed shall be shredded onsite with disposal off-site. 3.20 PIPE CLOSURE AND BUOYANCY OF STRUCTURES (NOT USED) 3.21 OSHA STANDARDS A. All work performed under this Contract shall meet the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to become familiar with the provisions of regulations published by OSHA in the Federal Register and to perform all of the responsibilities thereunder. It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to see that the Project is constructed in accordance with OSHA regulations and to indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from any penalties resulting from the CONTRACTOR's failure to so perform. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 70 00-PAGE 5 OF 6 0982-003-04 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 70 00-PAGE 6 OF 6 0982-003-04 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 01 75 25 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SUPPLIER's scope of work to be performed under this specification shall be to support installation, testing and startup of all supplied equipment systems. 1.2 REFERENCES—NOT USED 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Service of Manufacturer's Representative 1. Manufacturer's contracted cost for the equipment shall include the cost of furnishing competent and experienced personnel who shall represent the manufacturers and shall assist the CONTRACTOR, when required, to or install, adjust, and test the equipment in conformity with the Contract Documents. 2. After the equipment is placed in permanent operation by the CONTRACTOR, Manufacturer's personnel shall make all adjustments and tests required to prove that such equipment is in proper and satisfactory operating condition and shall instruct the OWNER's representatives in the proper operation and maintenance of such equipment or system. Training must be adequate and acceptable to OWNER's representative. The preliminary Equipment O&M must be approved prior to start of training. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to ENGINEER, for review, start-up and test schedule a minimum of 60 days prior to commencing Work specified in this section. B. Submit to ENGINEER an electronic copy and a minimum of two(2) hard copies of field test data and test records for all equipment and systems. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING AND STARTUP PLAN A. Submit a plan that includes a schedule for testing and startup of all equipment and systems provided as part of the Work. Specific Tests for each piece of equipment are detailed in the Equipment Specification Section. B. Include in the startup plan: 1. Sequences. 2. Lock-out procedures and safety precautions. 3. Utility requirements. 4. Related items and which must be complete and the schedule for completion. 5. Instrumentation settings. 6. Operation Support PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 75 25-Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP SEPTEMBER 2019 C. SUPPLIER shall provide a schedule and outline for training of OWNER's personnel. Equipment shall not be turned over to OWNER prior to training of OWNER's personnel. Specifically identify adjustment and maintenance items that must be done in initial 30-day period. 3.2 PREPARATION SUPPLIER shall verify that the CONTRACTOR has performed the following work prior to testing and startup: A. Complete equipment installation with controls, safety devices and auxiliary support systems necessary to start the equipment and verify that the equipment functions correctly under no load conditions. B. Remove construction debris that may damage equipment. C. Align equipment to Manufacturer's tolerances. D. Check installation prior to start-up for conformance to Manufacturer's instructions. E. Adjust or modify equipment to make equipment properly operational. F. Correct any deficiencies or problems noted in Manufacturer's representative's installation reports. 3.3 TESTING AND STARTUP SUPPLIER shall perform the following: A. SUPPLIER with CONTRACTOR assistance as required shall begin checkout, testing, and startup procedures after training of OWNER's personnel and approval by ENGINEER of testing and startup plan. SUPPLIER installation report shall be submitted within 48 hours of startup. B. Make final connections to equipment and complete the system installation necessary to apply the system loads to the equipment and verify the equipment functions correctly. C. Perform all tests as required by the specifications prior to startup. D. Start equipment according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Place each piece of equipment in the system in operation until the entire system is functioning. F. Adjust, balance, and calibrate and, in general, check out the equipment, safety devices, controls, and process system to operate within the design conditions. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 01 75 25-Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 75 25 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP.DOCX SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Final cleaning. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 70 00 "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data"for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 4. Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Ow Iel J per JUI II ICI. 5. All other Contract Document sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise OWNER of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include operating certificates and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by OWNER. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Complete startup testing of systems. 8. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, ENGINEER will either proceed with inspection or notify CONTRACTOR of unfulfilled requirements. ENGINEER will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify CONTRACTOR of items, either on CONTRACTOR'S list or additional items identified by ENGINEER, which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 77 00-PAGE 1 OF 4 0982-003-04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to the provisions in the Agreement Form. 2. Submit certified copy of ENGINEER'S Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by ENGINEER. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, ENGINEER will either proceed with inspection or notify CONTRACTOR of unfulfilled requirements. ENGINEER will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. C. The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the OWNER, , has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS(PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three (3) copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 77 00-PAGE 2 OF 4 0982-003-04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each Project site, equipment, structures, buildings and related facilities. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish,waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Remove labels that are not permanent. f. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored nr that already show evidence repair restoration. .v.i�v....n ... that already show evidence of repair or 1 GJIVI QIIVI 1. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. g. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. h. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 77 00-PAGE 3 OF 4 0982-003-04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 77 00-PAGE 4 OF 4 0982-003-04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.DOCX SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Operation manuals for equipment. 3. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of systems and equipment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures"for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Section 01 70 00"Execution Requirements"for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and maintenance manuals. 4. All other Contract Documents for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. General provisions of the Contract, including Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Definitions 1. Preliminary Data: Initial and subsequent submissions for ENGINEER'S review. 2. Final Data: ENGINEER accepted data, submitted as specified herein. 3. Maintenance Operation: As used on Maintenance Summary Form is defined to mean any routine operation required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of equipment. Examples of typical maintenance operations include routine adjustments. 4. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. 5. Instructional Manual: Equipment and Operating Data submitted prior to the testing and startup of the equipment, subsystem, or system. 6. Operation and Maintenance Data: The operation and maintenance data submitted to be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual for the Project. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequencing and Scheduling 1. Equipment and System Data (Instructional manual): a. Preliminary Data: 1) Do not submit until ENGINEER has approved Shop Drawings. 2) Submit prior to shipment date. b. Final Data: Submit Instructional Manual Formatted data not less than 30 days prior to equipment or system field functional testing. Submit Compilation Formatted and Electronic Media Formatted data prior to Substantial Completion of Project. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Initial Submittal: Submit draft copy of each Operation and Maintenance Data (Manual) at least 60 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion in accordance with Section 01 31 00"Project Management and Coordination." Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. ENGINEER will return one copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of Manual is acceptable. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 1 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 B. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) copy of each Manual in final form at least 30 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. ENGINEER will return copy with comments within 21 days of receipt or notify CONTRACTOR it's accepted. 1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with ENGINEER'S comments. Submit(4) copies of each corrected manual within 21 days of receipt of ENGINEER'S comments. Provide three (3) electronic copies of the final manual in PDF format. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically or by treatment area as directed by ENGINEER. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system as directed by ENGINEER. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each operation and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system , subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. 2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and include a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of OWNER. 4. Name, address, and telephone number of CONTRACTOR. 5. Name and address of ENGINEER. 6. Subcontractor, Supplier, Manufacturer, Installer, or Maintenance Contractor's name, address, and telephone number, as appropriate. a. Identify area of responsibility of each. b. Provide name and telephone number of local source of supply for parts, replacement, and service. 7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 2 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system , subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system equipment of one system into a single binder. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, VOLUME NO. OF " , Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typed. d. Three-hole punch data for binding and composition; arrange printing so punched holes do not obliterate data. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch 20-POUND MINIMUM, white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tahs on drawings and hind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 6. Electronic Media Format: a. Portable Document format(PDF) 1) After all preliminary data has been found to be acceptable, submit operational and maintenance data in PDF format on CD-ROM or USB drive. 2) Files to be exact duplicates of accepted preliminary data. Arrange by specification Section number. Bookmark sections. 3) Files to by fully functional and viewable in most recent version of Adobe Acrobat. b. Manufacturer's Standard Electronic Format: 2.3 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System , subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Precautions against improper use. 9. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 3 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Engineering data and tests. 8. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. 2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross- reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: For each system , subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 4 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 B. Source Information: List each system , subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service requirements and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, nl larter!y semiannl Ial mnrl annt I l front tender M♦..aw. , .r�.t t nut n tuu1, aal tv ul II tuUl 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers'forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: If applicable, include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to operation and maintenance manuals. B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 5 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents." F. Comply with Section 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures"for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. G. Maintenance Summary: 1. Compile individual Maintenance Summary Form for each applicable equipment item, respective unit or system and for components or sub-units. 2. Format: a. Use Maintenance Summary Form include with this Section as a guide. b. Use only 8-1/2 by 11-inch size paper. 3. Recommended Spare Parts: a. Data to be consistent with manufacturer's Bill of Materials/Parts List furnished with the Operation and Maintenance Data. b. "Unit"is the unit of measure for ordering part. c. "Quantity"is the number of units recommended. d. "Unit Cost"is the current purchase price. 3.2 DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINSIHES A. Content for Architectural Products,Applied Materials, and Finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products. 2. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimental to product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. B. Content for Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. c. Details of installation. 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. 3.3 SUPPLEMENTS A. Sample forms included after"End of Section"are considered part of this Section. 1. Maintenance Summary Form. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 6 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 23- PAGE 7 OF 10 90%REVIEW 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AUGUST 2019 MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM PROJECT: CONTRACT NO: EQUIPMENT ITEM: MANUFACTURER: EQUIPMENT TAG NOS.: WEIGHT OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (Over 100 Pounds) NAME PLATE DATA (HP, Voltage, Speed, etc.): Manufacturer's Local Representative: Name: Telephone No. Address: Maintenance Operation Requirements Frequency Lubricant List briefly each maintenance operation required and refer to specific information in manufacturer's List frequency of each Refer by symbol to maintenance manual, if applicable. Also note tools maintenance operation. lubricant required. needed for each maintenance operation and safety considerations. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC 01 78 23 -PAGE 8 OF 10 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SEPTEMBER 2019 MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM (Continued) LUBRICANT LIST Reference Symbol Mfgr Mfgr^ Mfgr List symbols used in maintenance List equivalent lubricants of several manufacturers' requirements RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR OWNER'S INVENTORY Part No. Description Unit Quantity Unit Price PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC 01 78 23-PAGE 9 OF 10 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC 01 78 23-PAGE 10 OF 10 0982-003-04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\3-BALANCE OF DESIGN SPECS\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.DOCX SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Sections, apply to this Section. B. Section includes: 1. Preparation and submittal of warranties. 2. Time and schedule of submittals. 3. Transfer of Maintenance responsibility. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures" 2. Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data" 3. Section 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures." 4. Warranties required for specific products or work included in individual technical specification Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. At the end of the project furnish the following warranty summary: 1. Provide two copies of all warranty information in an electronic format on a compact disk(CD) or USB Flash drive. 2. Provide one copy of all warranty information in a commercial quality 8 1/2 x 11-inch three-ring hardback, plastic binder. 3. CDs and binder shall be labeled WARRANTIES with current year, project name, contractor name and telephone number, and equipment supplier name and telephone number. 4. Prepare table of contents in the same sequence as the manual submitted per Section 01 78 23"Operation and Maintenance Data." 5. Separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of contents listing. 6. Behind each index sheet, or within each warranty file, include an information sheet labeled WARRANTIES, with current year, project name, contractor name and telephone number, subcontractor name and telephone number, equipment supplier name and telephone number, manufacturer name and telephone number, and applicable Section number and title. B. Preparation 1. Warranty shall be on the company's original forms signed by authorized agent only. 2. No warranty shall start prior to equipment being put into operation. 3. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 4. Co-execute submittals when required. 5. Retain warranties until time specified for submittal. 6. All of the above shall be included in each submittal. C. Conditions 1. Warranty date of beginning shall be the date of Substantial Completion as determined by the applicable technical specification Section. If an item does not have a separate PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 36-PAGE 1 OF 4 0982-003-04 WARRANTIES SEPTEMBER 2019 substantial completion date, the project substantial completion data shall be used as the beginning of the warranty period. 2. Equipment warranty period shall be for a minimum of two years from the warranty date of substantial completion, unless specifically stated otherwise. D. Schedule 1. Submittals shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01 33 00"Submittal Procedures." 2. Provide the responsible subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers'warranties in duplicate, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. 3. Warranties shall be submitted prior to final Application for Payment. 4. Provide a separate letter for each maintenance responsibility transference to include the mutually agreed time and date of the transfer of responsibility. 1.4 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT WARRANTY A. Special Equipment Warranty 1. The SUPPLIER shall jointly warrant to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR that all equipment, including all components of the complete assembly furnished by it hereunder, complies in all material respects with the design and specifications of these documents and contains no defects of material or workmanship. In the event of failure of any part or parts of the equipment during the warranty period, due to defects of design, materials, or workmanship, the affected part or parts shall be replaced or repaired at SUPPLIER's option promptly upon notice by the OWNER. All replacement parts shall be furnished, delivered, and installed at the expense of the SUPPLIER. 2. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the warranty period for Phase A work shall be interpreted as the 48-month period of beneficial use following successful completion of the site acceptance testing, and shall be exclusive of the time of use of the equipment in installation,testing, adjusting, etc., during the construction period, or of the time in storage, after delivery and prior to installation. 3. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the warranty period for Phase B work shall be interpreted as the 36-month period of beneficial use starting May 31, 2021, and shall be exclusive of the time of use of the equipment in installation, testing, adjusting, etc., during the construction period, or of the time in storage, after delivery and prior to installation. 4. All equipment shall be operated for a minimum 30-day startup period and shall successfully complete the performance testing before final acceptance and before the start of the warranty period. 5. If the equipment does not meet the requirements of the Specifications,the SUPPLIER shall correct or service the equipment at no additional cost to Owner, as necessary to meet the specified requirements. In the event the equipment is unable to meet the specified requirements within the warranty period, the equipment SUPPLIER shall refund an amount equal to the original purchase price of the equipment. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for insuring that the SUPPLIER's special equipment warranty is not voided by acceptance of the terms of purchase agreements between the CONTRACTOR and the SUPPLIER. In all events,the CONTRACTOR will be held ultimately responsible for enforcement of the requirements of this warranty at his expense. 7. Payment for equipment as "Materials-On-Hand" will not be made until the OWNER receives an approved Special Equipment Warranty. 8. When panels and related equipment are furnished directly by the bidding CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall be considered the SUPPLIER for purposes of warranty coverage. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 36-PAGE 2 OF 4 0982-003-04 WARRANTIES SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WARRANTY CERTIFICATES A. The installation contractor shall complete all warranty certificates and register the product with the manufacturer. B. Use the date of substantial completion as the installation date. C. List the product model, product serial number, and any additional information required by the manufacturer on each certificate. D. Provide a copy of the original certificate in lieu of the original certificate in the warranty manual if the manufacturer requires the original copy in lieu of a copy. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRODUCT WARRANTY A. The CONTRACTOR shall fill out all product warranty forms during the manufacturer's required time limit. 1. Failure to do so may result in the OWNER's loss of standard product coverage in which the CONTRACTOR shall become liable for the same coverage and time limit forfeited due to their omission. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner, prior to installation, of all optional extended warranties provided by the manufacturer and make available to the owner the opportunity to purchase the extended warranty. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall insure that all warranty documents, including copies of completed registration forms, are included in the closeout documents into their closeout documents as required by Section 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures." B. Warranty pre-expiration equipment review 1. The CONTRACTOR, OWNER, and ENGINEER shall conduct an on-site review of equipment and systems covered by warranties. a. This review will be scheduled approximately 2-months prior to expiration of the Warranty. b. The purpose of the review will be to evaluate the condition of the equipment and systems to determine if Warranty repairs of claims are necessary. c. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate to notify the issuer of the Warranty and to schedule necessary repairs or corrective actions prior to expiration of the Warranty. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 36-PAGE 3 OF 4 0982-003-04 WARRANTIES SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALL YLEFT BLANK PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 36-PAGE 4 OF 4 0982-003-04 WARRANTIES SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 77 00"Closeout Procedures"for general closeout procedures. 2. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data"for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Remaining Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of the Work in those Sections. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS— NOT USED 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Submit one set of marked-up Record Prints. B. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: CONTRACTOR shall maintain one set of blue-or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 3. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 39-Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Identification as follows: a. Date. b. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." c. Name of ENGINEER. d. Name of CONTRACTOR. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Prior to Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and found or filed, ready for use and reference. Miscellaneous records include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field records on underground construction and similar work. 2. Records of equipment testing, start-up, and operation. 3. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products. 4. Documented qualifications of installation firms. 5. Inspections and certification of governing agencies. 6. Final inspection and correction procedures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean,dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for ENGINEER'S reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 78 39-Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.DOCX SECTION 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Demonstration and training videotapes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. General provisions of the Contract, including Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections 1. All other Contract Documents for specific requirements for demonstration and training for products in those Sections. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS—NOT USED 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program B. Demonstration and Training Videotapes 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: Field representatives shall be factory-employed personnel and have a minimum of two(2)years of experience with the operation of and training on this type of equipment. Sales representatives will only be considered acceptable service technicians if they have three(3)years of experience with the operation of and training on this type of equipment from the EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER being supplied and have started up 15 units of a similar size and type from the EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. The field representative shall submit a resume for approval before startup assistance can be provided. C. Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training. D. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved operation and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by ENGINEER. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Submit copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors'names for each training module per Section 01 31 00"Project Management and Coordination." Include learning objective and outline for each training module. B. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 79 00-Page 1 of 2 0982-003-04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SEPTEMBER 2019 C. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include system and equipment descriptions, operating standards, regulatory requirements, equipment function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, and performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review operations and maintenance manuals; Project Record Documents; identification systems; warranties and bonds; and maintenance service agreements. 3. Emergencies: Include instructions on stopping; shutdown instructions; operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits; instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages; and required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 4. Operations: Include startup, break-in, control, and safety procedures; stopping and normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating instructions; operating procedures for emergencies and equipment failure; and required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Adjustments: Include alignments and checking, noise, vibration, economy, and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include diagnostic instructions and test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, procedures for preventive and routine maintenance, and instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include diagnosis, repair, and disassembly instructions; instructions for identifying parts; and review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between CONTRACTOR and OWNER for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct OWNER'S personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with OWNER, through ENGINEER, with at least seven days' advance notice. 2. Provide two training sessions, one in the early morning and one in the late afternoon. D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a written performance-based test. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEOTAPES OR DVD'S A. OWNER may choose to videotape, or otherwise record, training sessions. SUPPLIER shall not limit ability of OWNER to record training. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 79 00-Page 2 of 2 0982-003-04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING.DOCX SECTION 01 79 32 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following selective demolition work when shown on the Drawings: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, interruption of utility services, use of elevator and stairs, and locations of temporary partitions and means of egress. B. Pre-demolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, which might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Comply with Section 01300 "Project Documentation." Submit before Work begins. C. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. E. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 79 00-Page 1 of 4 0982-003-04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SEPTEMBER 2019 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. OWNER will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so OWNER'S operations will not be disrupted. B. OWNER will maintain conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose as far as practical. C. Notify ENGINEER of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify ENGINEER and OWNER. OWNER will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to ENGINEER. E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs. 1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01300"Project Documentation." F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 01 79 00-Page 2 of 4 0982-003-04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SEPTEMBER 2019 B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01400 "Contractor Requirements." B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to OWNER. 4. Transport items to OWNER'S storage area designated by OWNER. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 01 79 00-Page 3 of 4 0982-003-04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by ENGINEER, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. This Section does not address removal of hazardous materials or substances such as asbestos or polychlorinated byphenyls (PCBs). If these materials or substances are or could be found on-site, stop work in the area and notify the OWNER and ENGINEER. B. OWNER will contract with a licensed remediation or abatement firm to determine if dangerous materials exist in the demolition area. If they exist, the firm will proceed with the removal. C. PCBs are heavy, oil-like liquids or solids, clear to yellow in color, produced in the U.S. from 1929 to 1977; PCB manufacturing was banned in 1979. PCBs were used as dielectric fluids in electrical transformers, capacitors, fluorescent light ballasts, adhesives, and calking compounds. D. Asbestos used in many construction products was banned in 1978. In construction completed before 1978, asbestos is typically found in four forms; as sprayed-or troweled-on surfaces for ceilings or walls; as the thermal insulation around pipes or ducts; as fire proofing on structural members; and in various materials, such as shingles, roofing tiles, and gypsum board patching compounds. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain OWNER'S property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off OWNER'S property and legally dispose them. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 01 79 00-Page 4 of 4 0982-003-04 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SEPTEMBER 2019 M:\PROJECTS\0982\003-03\2-0 WRK PROD\2-3 SPECS\EARLY IMPLEMENTATION_MOVE TO 0982-003-04\DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS\01 79 32 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION.DOCX SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The work includes, but is not limited to,the following principal systems and equipment: 1. Motors. 2. Grounding and Lightning Protection. 3. 208/120 V distribution. 4. Panelboards. 5. Raceways. 6. 480-V distribution. 7. Miscellaneous control. 8. 480-V motor control centers. 9. Variable Frequency Controllers. 1=3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Perform work, furnish and install materials and equipment in full accordance with the latest issue of the applicable rules, regulations, requirements, and specifications of the following: 1. Local laws and ordinances. 2. State and Federal Laws. 3. National Electrical Code (NEC). 4. State Fire Marshal. 5. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 6. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 8. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 9. National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) Standard of Installation. 10. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 11. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 12. Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA). 13. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA). 14. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. Wherever the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings exceed those of the above items, the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings govern. Code compliance is mandatory. C. Product Quality: All electrical items shall be new and unused. Items such as cables, transformers, motors, control centers, etc., shall be newly manufactured for this project. Proof of purchase documents shall be provided upon request. Utilize products of a single MANUFACTURER for each item. 1.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Intent: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 1 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. The intent of the contract drawings or Plans is to establish the types of systems and functions; the drawings will not specifically indicate each item essential to the functioning of the system. 2. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic and show approximate location and extent of work. 3. Install the work complete, including minor details necessary to perform the function indicated. 4. In case of doubt as to work intended, or if amplification or clarification is needed, request instructions from the ENGINEER. 5. It is also the intent of these Contract Documents that the electrical and process system CONTRACTOR coordinate with each other in order to provide a complete and workable system with all wiring, conduit and accessories required which may not be shown on the Plans. B. Discrepancies: 1. Review pertinent drawings and adjust the work to conditions shown. 2. Where discrepancies occur between Plans, Specifications, and actual field conditions, immediately notify the ENGINEER for his interpretation. 3. Dimensions on electrical drawings shall be verified with structural, architectural and mechanical drawings. C. Outlet and Equipment Locations: 1. Coordinate the actual locations of electrical outlets and equipment with building features and mechanical equipment as indicated on architectural, structural and mechanical drawings. 2. Review with the ENGINEER any proposed changes in outlet or equipment location. 3. Relocation of outlets before installation, up to 3 feet from the position indicated, may be directed by OWNER without additional cost. 4. Remove and relocate outlets placed in an unsuitable location, when so requested by the ENGINEER. 1.5 REGULATIONS AND PERMITS A. Regulations: Work, materials and equipment must comply with the latest rules and regulations of the following: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC). 2. National Electrical Safety Code(NESC). 3. Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA). 4. State and federal codes, ordinances and regulations. 5. Local Electrical Code. B. Discrepancies: 1. The Plans and Specifications are intended to comply with listed codes, ordinances, regulations and standards. 2. Where discrepancies occur, immediately notify the ENGINEER in writing and ask for an interpretation. 3. Should installed materials or workmanship fail to comply, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for correcting the improper installation. 4. Additionally, where sizes, capacities, or other such features are required in excess of minimum code or standards requirement, provide those specified or shown. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 2 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 1.6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. An acceptable CONTRACTOR for the work under this division must have personnel with experience,training, and skill to provide a practical working system. The CONTRACTOR shall have previous water and wastewater experience with at least five years in business. 1. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to furnish acceptable evidence of having installed not less than three systems of size and type comparable to this project. 2. The systems must have served satisfactorily for not less than three years. 3. The superintendent must have had experience in installing not less than three systems. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall submit qualifications of his firm and resumes of his personnel who will work on this project. 1.7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All electrical work shall be performed by workers skilled in the electrical trade and licensed for the work by the local authority. B. A licensed Master Electrician will be required for constructing, installing, altering, maintaining, repairing or replacing any electrical wiring, apparatus, or equipment on any voltage level. A licensed Master Electrician or a licensed Journeyman Electrician is required to be on the job site during the performance of any electrical work. C. All cable splicing methods and materials shall be of the type recommended by the splicing materials MANUFACTURER for the cable to be spliced and shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to installation. D. All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the approved recommendations of the MANUFACTURER and the best practices of the trade, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly notify the OWNER in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and MANUFACTURER's directions and shall obtain written instructions from the OWNER before proceeding with the work. Should the CONTRACTOR perform any work that does not comply with the MANUFACTURER's directions or such written instructions from the OWNER, he shall bear all costs incurred in correcting deficiencies. E. All equipment and materials shall be new, unless specifically noted otherwise, and shall bear the MANUFACTURER's name, trademark and ASME, UL, or other labels in every case where a standard has been established for the particular item. Equipment shall be the latest approved design of a standard product of a MANUFACTURER regularly engaged in the production of the required type of equipment and shall be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the OWNER, reasonably convenient to the site. F. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to ensure that items furnished fit the space available with adequate room for proper operation and maintenance. He shall make measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment that, in the final inspection, will suit the true intent and meaning of the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. G. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items necessary to complete the work, ready for use and operation by the OWNER. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 3 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 H. When the ENGINEER has reviewed equipment submittals and given instructions to proceed with the installation of items of equipment that require arrangements or connections different from those shown on the drawings, it shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to install the equipment to operate properly and in accordance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications, and he shall provide any additional equipment and materials that may be required. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper location of roughing-in and connections by other trades. All changes shall be made at no increase in the Contract Amount or additional costs to other trades. I. The CONTRACTOR shall support the installation of all equipment, plumb, rigid and true to line. The CONTRACTOR shall determine how equipment, fixtures, conduit, etc., are to be installed, and shall provide foundations, bolts, inserts, stands, hangers, brackets and accessories for proper support whether or not shown on the drawings. 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Data Required: 1. Submit shop drawings, product data and all other required information as specified in Division 1 General Requirements. Submittals are required on all products and items to be installed on this project. 2. Submittal data must show MANUFACTURER's name, published ratings or capacity data, detailed equipment drawing for fabricated items, panel diagrams, wiring diagrams, installation instructions and other pertinent data. 3. Where literature is submitted covering a group or series of similar items, the applicable items must be clearly indicated. 4. Submittal Items: Submittals are required for all equipment and materials to be used on this project. Submittals shall be complete with all pertinent information and installation details. 5. Terminal Connection Diagrams: 6. Submit terminal connection diagrams for approval prior to any wire installation. 7. Submit finalized terminal connection diagrams at the end of the Contract. 1.9 SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A. The ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for: 1. Complete systems in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents. 2. Coordinating the details of facility equipment and construction for all Specification Sections which affect the work covered under Division 26, Electrical. 3. Furnishing and installing incidental items not actually shown or specified, but which are required by good practice to provide complete functional systems. 4. Coordinate the work with the PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. a. The PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall furnish and install the primary and secondary instruments, i.e., level element and level indicating transmitter, flow transmitter(flow tube by others), headloss transmitters, etc. Refer to Loop Drawings. b. The conduit and wiring to and from the instruments shall be furnished and installed by the ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. Termination in the instrument shall be by PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. c. All terminations in the control panel shall be by PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. d. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR shall: 1) Provide termination drawings for PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. 2) Provide equipment pad for control panels,consoles and instrument panels shall be furnished by the Electrical CONTRACTOR. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 4 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 3) Coordinate testing of the electrical system being furnished and shall be responsible for the equipment supplied. 4) Present at time of the instrument system testing and start-up and responsible for the coordination of the facility testing with the PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. 5) Coordinate the interface requirement between each starter and control panel furnished under this Contract with the PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. e. Written proof shall be furnished to verify a clear understanding has been reached between the ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR and the PLANT CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR for each control loop requirement, i.e.,type of contacts (momentary, maintained), interface relay requirement, number of wires, terminal marking, control schematic information, and wiring diagrams. B. Electrical Drawings showed only general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the proper routing of raceway, subject to the approval of the ENGINEER. C. Submit to the ENGINEER in writing details of any necessary, proposed departures from these Contract Documents. Submit such request as soon as practicable, and within ten (10) days after award of the Contract. Make no such departures without written approval of the ENGINEER. D. Dimensions on electrical drawings shall be verified with structural, architectural,and mechanical drawings. E. Where the CONTRACTOR is submitting a packaged system; the system shall comply with the requirements of the electrical specifications, including field cables, conduits,junction boxes, circuit breakers, combination starters, pushbuttons, pilot lights, and motors. Deviations shall not be accepted, unless pre-approved. Control centers and special control cabinets wired to terminal blocks shall include the MANUFACTURER's standard quality, unless specifically mentioned to the contrary on the drawings or in the specifications. F. Maintain continuity of electric service to functioning portions of the process or buildings during hours they are normally in use. Temporary outages will be permitted during cutover work at such times and places as can be pre-arranged with the ENGINEER and OWNER. Such outages shall be kept to a minimum number and minimum length of time. Make no outages without prior written authorization of the ENGINEER. Include costs for temporary wiring and overtime work required in the Contract price. Remove temporary wiring at the completion of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Condition: Materials and equipment provided under these Specifications shall be new products of Manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide the Manufacturer's latest standard design for the type of equipment specified. B. NEC and UL: Products must conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code. Where Underwriters' Laboratories have set standards, listed products, and issued labels, products used must be listed and labeled by UL. C. Space Limitations: Equipment selected must conform to the building features and must be coordinated with them. Do not provide equipment which will not suit arrangement and space limitations. D. Factory Finish: Equipment must be delivered with a hard surface, factory-applied finish so that no additional field painting is required. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 5 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 E. Field Installation: All field installed equipment, conduit, etc., shall require Type 316 stainless steel nuts, bolts, washers, and rigid aluminum or Type 316 stainless steel metal framing and supports, and other items as indicated on the Plans. 2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Division 1 General Requirements for substitution requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT A. Moisture: 1. During construction, provide heaters to protect switchgear, transformers, motors, control equipment, and other items from moisture absorption and corrosion. 2. Apply protection immediately on receiving the products and provide continuous protection. 3. Store all equipment indoors in dry, well ventilated and heated space. B. Clean: Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using suitable coverings. C. Damage: Take such precautions as are necessary to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material in question. D. Finish: Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations and until final acceptance of the project. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Cooperation with Other Trades: 1. Cooperation with trades of adjacent, related or affected materials or operations, and of trades performing continuations of this work under subsequent contracts, is considered a part of this work to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. 2. Coordinated equipment layout in sufficient time to be coordinated with work of others, provide drawings and layout work showing exact size and location of sleeves, openings or inserts for electrical equipment in slabs, walls, partitions and chases. B. Workmanship: Work must be performed by workers skilled in their trade. The installation must be complete whether the work is concealed or exposed. C. Concrete Equipment Pads: 1. Install minimal 4-inch thick concrete foundation pads for indoor floor mounted equipment, except where direct floor mounting is permitted by the ENGINEER. 2. Pour pads on roughened floor slabs, sized so that outer edges extend a minimum of 3 inches beyond equipment. 3. Trowel pads smooth and chamfer edges to a 1-inch bevel. 4. Provide dowels in slab, and rebar between the dowels. 5. Pads must drain away from the equipment. 6. Secure equipment to pads as recommended by the MANUFACTURER. D. Setting of Equipment: 1. Equipment must be leveled and set plumb. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 6 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Sheet metal enclosures mounted against a wall must be separated from the wall not less than 1/2 inch by means of corrosion resistant spacers or by 3 inches of air for freestanding units. 3. Use corrosion resistant bolts, nuts and washers to anchor the equipment. E. Sealing of Equipment: 1. Permanently seal outdoor equipment at the base using grout in accordance with Division 3 Section 03 60 00 "Grout, Non-Shrink." 2. Seal or screen openings into equipment to prevent entrance of animals, birds and insects. 3. Use stainless steel or copper mesh with openings not larger than 1/16-inch squares for screened openings. 4. Seal small cracks and openings from the inside with silicone sealing compound. F. Concealed Work: Conceal electrical work in walls, floors, chases, under floors, underground and above ceilings except: 1. Where shown or specified to be exposed. Exposed is understood to mean open to view. 2. Where exposure is necessary to the proper function. 3. Where size of materials and equipment precludes concealment. G. Application: Unless otherwise indicated, power will be utilized as follows: 1. Motors 1-2 horsepower and smaller: 120 V, single-phase. 2. Incandescent lighting, convenience outlets, special outlets and fluorescent lighting:_ 120 V, single-phase. 3.3 EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE MARKING A. Nameplates: 1. Externally mark electrical equipment by means of suitable nameplates identifying each and the equipment served. 2. Provide each piece of equipment with a black phenolic nameplate with 3/16-inch high white lettering secured to front of equipment. For nameplate size, refer to Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3. Supply blank nameplates for spare units and used spaces. 4. Actual nameplate legend, which may consist of up to three lines, will be provided to the ENGINEER on submittals. B. Nameplate Fasteners: Fasten nameplates to equipment only by means of appropriate noncorroding screws and as specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Nameplate Information: In general, the following information is to be provided for the types of electrical equipment as listed. 1. Switchgear, Motor Control Centers and Distribution Panelboards: On the mains, identify the piece of equipment, the source and voltage characteristics, i.e., 480 V, 3PH, 3 W, etc. For each branch circuit protective device, identify the load served. 2. Transformers: Identify the service source and load served. 3. Panelboards: Identify the service source, panelboard designation and voltage characteristics. D. Panelboards: 1. Prepare a neatly typed circuit directory behind clear heat-resistant plastic for each panelboard. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 7 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Identify circuits by equipment served and by room numbers, where room numbers exist. 3. Use equipment names and room numbers selected by the ENGINEER; names and numbers may be different from those shown on Drawings. 4. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil markings. E. Boxes, Small Equipment and High Equipment: 1. Pull boxes and similar items may be marked with Dymo No. 158-4 vinyl embossing tape with adhesive back in lieu of nameplates. Use Dymo No. 7123 perma-stick liquid adhesive with the tape. Tape color, placement and spacing must be approved by the ENGINEER before starting this work. Individually mounted disconnect switches and motor starters shall be marked with phenolic nameplates attached with stainless steel. 2. Provide identification stencils for high voltage equipment and raceways with the legend "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE." Mark all exposed high voltage raceways every 25 feet. F. Power Receptacles: Use nameplate or engraved plate to identify power receptacles where the nominal voltage between a pair of contacts is greater than 150 V with circuit No., voltage and phases. G. Wall Switches: Engrave the switch plate of the switch with the function of the switch. 3.4 TESTING A. Test Conditions: 1. Place circuits and equipment into service under normal conditions, collectively and separately, as may be necessary to determine satisfactory operation. 2. Perform specified tests in the presence of the ENGINEER, as specified in the various sections of the specifications. 3. Furnish all instruments, wiring, equipment and personnel required for conducting tests. 4. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with requirements of the Specifications and Drawings. B. Test Dates: Schedule final acceptance tests sufficiently in advance of the Contract completion date to permit completion of any necessary adjustment or alterations within the number of days allotted for completion of the Contract. C. Retests: Conduct retests as directed by the ENGINEER of such time duration as may be necessary to assure proper functioning of adjusted or altered parts or items of equipment. Any delay due to necessary retests does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility under this contract. 3.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare and maintain Project Record Documents in accordance with Division 1 Section 01 78 10 "Project Record Documents" and the following: 1. At the job site, maintain a set of white prints of the contract drawings. 2. At the job site, maintain a set of equipment terminal connection diagrams. 3. On the prints, record field changes and diagrams of those portions of work in which actual construction is at variance with the contract drawings. 4. Mark the drawings with a colored pencil. Record installed feeder conduits, dimensioning the exact location and elevation of the conduit. B. Delivery: Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Division 1 Section 01 78 10 "Project Record Documents." PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 8 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Lay out work carefully in advance. Do not cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval of ENGINEER. Carefully carry out any cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, or other surfaces required for the installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other electrical materials and equipment. Following such work, restore surfaces neatly to original condition. 3.7 LOAD BALANCE A. The Drawings and Specifications indicate circuiting to electrical loads and distribution equipment. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and related items. 3.8 MOTOR ROTATION A. Before and after final service connections are made, check and correct the rotation of motors. B. Coordinate rotation checks with the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR responsible for the driven equipment. Submit a written report to the ENGINEER for each motor verifying that rotation has been checked and corrected. 3.9 CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP PAINTING A. Touch up scratches, scrapes, or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching, as neariy as possible, the type, color, consistency, and type of surface of the original finish. If extensive damage is done to equipment paint surfaces, refinish the entire equipment in a manner that provides finish equal to or better than the factory finish, and that meets the requirements of the Specifications and is acceptable to the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 00 00-PAGE 9 OF 9 0982-003-04 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 26 05 05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required to perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 SCHEDULES A. Schedule with the Owner/Engineer for required shutdowns to accommodate system demolition and installation of temporary facilities. 1.3 STANDARDS A. Temporary wiring of systems to maintain operation of facilities while undergoing modifications and demolition shall be provided in accordance with: B. American National Standards Institute/ National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA), No. 70. C. National Electrical Code (NEC),Article No. 590—Temporary Wiring. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on the Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner/Engineer before disturbing the existing installation. D. By beginning demolition, the Contractor accepts the existing conditions and warrants that he will maintain service to equipment and items not scheduled or indicated for removal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. 2.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. If temporary electrical wiring and facilities are required,the Contractor shall provide such wiring and facilities to comply with the NEC. PART 3 - EXECUTIONS 3.1 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coordinate utility service outages with the Utility Company to provide continuous service to operating equipment. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 05-PAGE 1 OF 3 0982-003-04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SEPTEMBER 2019 D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from the Owner/Engineer at least one week in advance, before partially or completely disabling system. 3.2 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards, distribution equipment and electrical devices. F. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. G. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access to panels as appropriate. H. Where the demolition or revision of any portion of a raceway or box in the raceway system, in an area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply with the classification or specification requirements of the area, the Contractor shall provide and install such boxes, fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway system to compliance with Specifications. I. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new work. J. Carry out the work in an orderly and careful manner. Hold noise, dust, and vibration to a minimum, and conduct the Work so as to avoid any damage to the surroundings. Remove all items and parts as shown and noted on the Drawings and as otherwise may be required to be removed to carry out the Work. K. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 1. The Owner shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site. 2. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and Owner/Engineer shall jointly visit the areas of demolition and the Owner/Engineer will designate those items that are to remain the property of the Owner. 3. Equipment and material designated by the Owner, as remaining the property of the Owner, shall be removed from the structure and hauled to a designated location on the site and stored for the Owner's use. Store on wood runners raised above the surrounding grade and cover with weather resistant covering and tie securely or store inside Owner furnished storage as directed by the Owner/Engineer. 4. Take necessary precautions in removing Owner-designated property to prevent damage during the demolition process. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet heads and punching shanks through holes. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the Owner's equipment or material unless approved by the Owner/Engineer. 5. Generally, items to be salvaged shall be removed in one piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. Loose components may be removed separately. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and handled separately. Large units may be handled separately. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in sections. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 05-PAGE 2 OF 3 0982-003-04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SEPTEMBER 2019 L. Material removed from the construction site during demolition, and any equipment not otherwise designated to remain the property of the Owner in accordance with the pre- demolition identification process, shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be promptly removed from the construction site. M. The Contractor shall refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place which is damaged by the demolition operations at no additional expense to the Owner. The repair of such damage shall leave the parts in a condition at least equal to that found at the start of the Work. 3.3 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which are to remain or are to be reused. B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 05-PAGE 3 OF 3 0982-003-04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a tasting agency acceptable authorities having jurisdiction and marked for ----•-•- --- -! •-• � �•••y ...y......, ..vvvl.+�..+v��.to authorities��t..� having V11 ly jurisdiction I and marked IQI ICU for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, Manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Houston Wire and Cable Company 5. Senator Wire&Cable Company. 6. Southwire Company. 7. Okonite Company 8. Rome Company B. Single Conductors: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all conductors shall be copper and shall be stranded. Solid conductors shall be allowed on 120-V lighting and receptacle circuits. 2. Utilize only conductors meeting applicable requirements of NEMA WC 3, WC 5, WC 7, and ICEA S-19-81, S-61-402, and S-66-524. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 19-PAGE 1 OF 6 0982-003-04 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SEPTEMBER 2019 3. Insultation Requirements: a. Conductor sizes No. 6 and larger provide conductors with type RHH or RHW. b. Conductor sizes smaller than No. 6 provide conductors with XHHW. c. For lighting and receptacles, provide conductors with THHN or THWN. 4. Unless noted otherwise, conductor sizes indicated are based on copper conductors. Do not provide conductors smaller than those indicated. 5. Where flexible cords and cables are specified, provide Type SO, 600 V with the number and size of copper conductors indicated. C. Multi-Conductor Cable: 1. Provide cable that is UL listed Type TC and conforms to the requirements of UL 1277 and NEC Article 340, or UL listed Power Limited Circuit Cable that conforms to the requirements of NEC Article 725. Provide cables permanently and legibly marked with the Manufacturer's name, the maximum working voltage for which the cable was tested, the type of cable, and labeled UL(or submit evidence of UL listing). 2. 600 V Multi-Conductor Control Cable,Type TC: a. General: Multi-conductor control circuit interconnection cable with ground. Suitable for installation in open air, in cable trays, conduit, or other approved raceways. Minimum cable temperature rating 90°C dry locations, 75°C wet locations. Passes vertical tray flame test. b. Individual Conductors: No. 14 AWG, 7-strand copper. c. Insulation and Jackets: Provide conductors insulated with flame retardant ethylene propylene rubber, UL rated VW-1. Conductors identified by colors per ICEA Method 1 K2 (no greens and whites) and assembled to ICEA standards. Outer jacket flame retardant, sunlight resistant and oil resistant, chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE)with nominal thickness per ICEA standards. 3. 600 V Multi-Conductor Power Cable,Type TC: a. General: Three-conductor or 4-conductor, with ground and overall jacket suitable for installation in open air, cable trays, conduit, or other approved raceways. Minimum cable temperature rating 90°C dry locations, 75°C wet locations. b. Individual Conductors: Class B stranded, coated, or uncoated copper. c. Insulation and Jackets: Provide conductors insulated with flame retardant ethylene propylene rubber, UL rated VW-1. Conductors identified by colors per ICEA Method 1 K2 (no greens and whites)and assembled to ICEA standards. Outer jacket flame retardant, sunlight resistant, and oil resistant, chlorosulfonated polyethylene (CSPE) with nominal thickness per ICEA standards. 4. Single Pair(600 V No. 16 AWG Twisted, shielded Pair Instrumentation Cable,Type TC): a. General: Single pair instrumentation cable designed for noise rejection for process control, computer, or data log applications. Suitable for installation in cable trays, conduit, or other approved raceways. Minimum cable temperature rating shall be 90°C dry locations, 75°C wet locations. b. Individual Conductors: Soft annealed copper, Class B, 7-strand concentric per ASTM B8, 20 AWG, 7-strand copper drain wire. c. Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor 15-mil nominal PVC and 4-mil nylon insulation. Pair conductors pigmented black and red. Jacket flame-retardant and sunlight and oil resistant PVC with 45-mils nominal thickness. Shield 1.35 mil aluminum, Mylar overlapped, to provide 100% coverage. d. Dimension: 0.31 inch nominal PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 19-PAGE 2 OF 6 0982-003-04 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SEPTEMBER 2019 5. Multi-pair(600 V No. 16 AWG, Multi-twisted Shielded Pairs with a Common Overall Shield Instrumentation Cable,Type TC): a. General: Twisted, shielded pairs of instrument cables, grouped in a single cable with an overall shield, designed for use as instrumentation, process control, and computer cable. Suitable for installation in cable tray, conduit, or other approved raceways. Minimum cable temperature rating shall be 90°C dry locations, 75°C wet locations. b. Conductors: Soft annealed copper, Class B, 7-strand concentric per ASTM B8. Copper drain wires. Pair drain wire size AWG 20; group drain wire size AWG 18. c. Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor 25-mil flame retardant ethylene propylene pigmented black and red with red conductor numerically printed for group identification. Outer jacket flame retardant and sunlight and oil resistant chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) with nominal thickness. Individual pair shield 1.35-mil aluminum-mylar with tin plated copper drain wire. Group shield 2.35- mil aluminum-mylar, overlapped for 100% coverage. D. Type P Four Conductor Power Cable 1. General: Four(4) insulated power conductors, armored and sheathed for demanding environments of offshore drilling and petroleum facilities. a. Individual Conductors: Soft annealed flexible stranded tinned copper per IEEE 1580 Table 11. b. Insulation: Fame retardant cross-linked polyolefin, meeting the requirements for Type P of IEEE 1580 and Type X110 of UL 1309/CSA C22.2 No. 245. c. Jacket: Black, active grade, flame retardant, oil, abrasion, chemical and sunlight resistant thermosetting compound meeting UL 1309/CXS C22.2 No. 245 and IEEE 1580. d. Armor: Basket weave bronze wire armor per IEEE 1580 and UL 1309/CSA C22.2 No. 245. e. Sheath: Black, active grade, flame retardant, oil, abrasion, chemical and sunlight resistant thermosetting compound meeting UL 1309/CXS C22.2 No. 245 and IEEE 1580., PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Pulling compound shall be used. Use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved. B. Tighten screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches, and/or drives, to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL. C. Where single conductors and cables in manholes, handholes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and fireproofing tapes, bundle throughout their exposed length conductors entering from each conduit with nylon, self-locking, releasable, cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches on centers. 3.2 CONDUCTOR- 600 V AND BELOW A. Provide conductor sizes as indicated on the drawings. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 19-PAGE 3 OF 6 0982-003-04 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SEPTEMBER 2019 B. Wire nuts may be used on solid conductors of 120 V and 277 V lighting and 120 V receptacle circuits only. Use King silicone filled pressure connectors or approved equal. Use crimp connectors on all stranded conductors. Place no more than one conductor in any single-barrel pressure connection. C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. D. Vinyl plastic insulating tape for wire and cable splices and terminations shall be flame retardant, 7-mil thick minimum, rated for 90°C minimum meeting the requirements of UL 510. E. Provide terminals and connectors acceptable for the type of material used. F. Arrange wiring in cabinets, panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper length. Remove surplus wire, and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner. Identify circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein. G. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions. Where terminals provided will accept such lugs,terminate control and instrumentation wiring (except solid thermocouple leads) with insulated, locking-fork compression lugs,Thomas&Betts, Sta- Kon, or equal. H. For terminals designed to accept only bare wire compression terminations, use only stranded wire, and terminate only one wire per terminal. Tighten terminal screws with torque screwdriver to recommended torque values. I. Attach compression lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete, controlled, crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable. J. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with UL listed end caps. K. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal, remove all burrs, chamfer edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors. L. For conductors that will be connected by others, provide at least 6 feet spare conductor in freestanding panels, and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies. Provide additional spare length in any particular assembly where it is obvious that more conductor length will be needed to reach the termination point. 3.3 CABLES A. Do not splice without permission of the ENGINEER. Locate splices, when permitted, only in readily accessible cabinets or junction boxes using terminal strips. B. Where connections of cables installed under this section are to be made to instrumentation and controls, leave pigtails of adequate length for neat bundled type connections. C. Maintaining the integrity of shielding of instrumentation cables is essential to the operation of the control systems. Take special care in cable installation to ensure that grounds do not occur because of damage to the jacket over the shield. 3.4 CABLE PLACEMENT: A. Immediately prior to the placement of each cable or cable group, inspect the raceway to determine that installation is complete and that the interior is clean and free of all materials detrimental to the cable or its placement. Group all cable assigned to a particular conduit and pulled simultaneously, using cable grips and acceptable lubricants. B. Provide adequately sized raceways to accommodate the number and size of cable as specified, and in compliance with Article 300 of the National Electric Code. If at any time during the progress of the work raceways appear inadequate to accommodate the assigned cable, notify the Owner at once and discontinue further work on the questionable raceway until advised by the Owner as to how to proceed. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 19-PAGE 4 OF 6 0982-003-04 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SEPTEMBER 2019 C. Carefully check all cable as to size and length before pulling into conduits. Remove and replace cable pulled into the wrong conduit or cut too short at no additional cost to the Owner. Do not pull cable removed from one conduit or duct into another conduit or duct without permission of the Owner. D. Fishing and pulling shall be performed with flexible round non-metallic tape, carbon dioxide, or forced air propelled polyethylene cord, nylon rope, or manila rope. No metallic cable or materials that may damage or scratch the inside surface shall be pulled into any conduit. E. Use woven wire cable grips to pull all low voltage single conductor cable, No. 2/0 and larger, and all low voltage multi-conductor cable. Use pulling loops to pull single conductor cable smaller than No. 2/0. When a cable grip is used for pulling, the arc of the cable covered by the grip plus 6 inches shall be cut off and discarded. F. Insert a reliable non-freezing type of swivel or swivel connection between the pulling ropes and the cable eye, or grip to prevent twisting under strain. G. Do not exceed the maximum pulling tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Pulling mechanisms of both the manual and power types shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism. Whenever the capacity of the pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended pulling tension of the cable as given by the cable manufacturer, a dynamometer shall be used to show the tension on the cable, and the indicator shall be constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops, stop the pulling operation at once and determine and correct the difficulty. 3.5 CONDUCTOR ARC AND FIREPROOFING TAPES A. Use arc and fireproofing tapes on 600 V single conductors and cables, except thnce rated Type TC, throughout their entire exposed length at splices in manholes, handholes, vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations. B. Wrap together as a single cable conductors entering from each conduit. C. Follow tape manufacturer's installation instructions. Secure the arc and fireproofing tape at frequent intervals with bands of the specified glass cloth electrical tape. Make each band of at least two wraps of tape directly over each other. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. c. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken,and observations after remedial action. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 19-PAGE 5 OF 6 0982-003-04 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 19-PAGE 6 OF 6 0982-003-04 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Underground distribution grounding. 2. Common ground bonding with lightning protection system. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control"Article, including the following: 1. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. 5. Grounding for sensitive electronic equipment. C. Field quality-control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include the following in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals: 1. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells ground rings grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NFPA 70B. a. Tests shall be to determine if ground resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if they do not. b. Include recommended testing intervals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 26-PAGE 1 OF 5 0982-003-04 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inches in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inches thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inches thick. C. Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4x2 inches in cross section, unless otherwise indicated; with insulators. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit MANUFACTURER for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned-copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. 2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape,with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus on insulated spacers 1 inch, minimum, from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, down to specified height above floor, and connect to horizontal bus. E. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 26-PAGE 2 OF 5 0982-003-04 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 4/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors'level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 4/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches from the foundation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 9. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and power-distribution units. C. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. D. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 26-PAGE 3 OF 5 0982-003-04 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 E. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated. F. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location,terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4x2x12-inch grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. G. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes and shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover. 1. Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service, unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. F. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus,to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug-type connector to a PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 26-PAGE 4 OF 5 0982-003-04 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. G. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install tinned bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. H. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet apart. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each indicated item, extending around the perimeter of area or item indicated. 1. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 4/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches from building foundation. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent elertriral circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground- resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven, their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 Q. 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500-1,000 kVA: 5 Q. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1,000 kVA: 3 Q. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 5 Q. 5. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 Q. 6. Manhole Grounds: 10 f2. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 26-PAGE 5 OF 5 0982-003-04 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel slotted support systems. 2. Anchor Bolts and Fasteners. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70. B. Comply with MFMA-3. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver strut systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting, and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. B. Store strut systems and components in original cartons and in clean dry space. Protect from weather and construction traffic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. General: Strut shall be 1-5/8 inches wide in varying heights and welded combinations as required to meet load capacities and designs indicated on the drawings. B. Materials and Finish: Material and finish specifications for each strut type are as follows: 1. Aluminum: Strut shall be manufactured of extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6. All fittings and hardware shall be zinc plated according to ASTM B633 (SC3 for fittings, SC1 for threaded hardware)for indoor use only. For outdoor use, all fittings and hardware shall be stainless steel Type 304. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 29-PAGE 1 OF 6 0982-003-04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Stainless Steel: All fittings and hardware shall be made of AISI Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube&Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas &Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. D. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: AISI Type 316 stainless steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. E. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size,and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. F. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars. Black and galvanized. G. Mounting,Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 2. Concrete Inserts: Stainless Steel, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 3. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 4. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 5. Toggle Bolts: Stainless steel springhead type. 6. Hanger Rods: Threaded stainless steel. 2.2 ANCHOR BOLTS AND ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVES A. Cast-In-Place Anchor Bolts: 1. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings. F 593, AISI Type 316, Condition CW B. Anchor Bolt Sleeves: 1. Plastic: a. Single unit construction with corrugated sleeve. b. Top of sleeve shall be self-threading to provide adjustment of threaded anchor bolt projection. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 29-PAGE 2 OF 6 0982-003-04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 c. Material: High density polyethylene. 2. Fabricated Steel: ASTM A 36. 2.3 CONCRETE AND MASONRY DRILLED ANCHORS A. Mechanical Expansion Anchors: 1. Design Requirements: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly shall have capability to sustain without failure, as determined by the Strength Design method when installed in cracked and uncracked concrete, in accordance with the International Building Code and as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E 488 and AC-355.2. 2. Material: AISI Type 304 and Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Current evaluation and acceptance reports by ICC or other similar code organization and listed by UL and FM Global. 4. Acceptable for use in potable water structures by NSF and local health organizations. 5. Type: a. ICC-ES Code Listed, Category 1, Cracked and Uncracked Concrete. b. Self-drilling Anchors; snap-off or flush type, zinc-plated. c. Non-drilling Anchors; flush type for use with zinc-plated or stainless-steel bolt, or stud type with projecting threaded stud. 6. Size: As shown on Drawings and required for the concrete strength specified. 7. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Wood Dale, IL. b. Hilti, Inc.,Tulsa, OK c. Powers Fasteners, New Rochelle, NY d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA B. Wedge Bolts: 1. Material: Zinc plated, case hardened carbon steel. 2. Current evaluation and acceptance reports by ICC or other similar code organization and listed by UL and FM Global. 3. Type: a. ICC-ES Code Listed, Category 1, Cracked and Uncracked Concrete. b. Description: One-piece, heavy duty screw anchor with finished hex head suitable for cracked and uncracked concrete and grouted masonry. 4. Size: As shown on Drawings and required for the concrete strength specified. 5. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Wood Dale, IL. b. Hilti, Inc.,Tulsa, OK c. Powers Fasteners, New Rochelle, NY d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA C. Snake Anchors: 1. Material: Zinc plated, case hardened carbon steel. 2. Current evaluation and acceptance reports by ICC or other similar code organization and listed by UL and FM Global. 3. Type: a. ICC-ES Code Listed, Category 1, Cracked and Uncracked Concrete. b. Description: Internally threaded,self-tapping screw anchor designed for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete and grouted masonry. Suitable base materials included normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, and concrete over metal deck. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 29-PAGE 3 OF 6 0982-003-04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 4. Size: As shown on Drawings and required for the concrete strength specified. 5. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Wood Dale, IL. b. Hilti, Inc.,Tulsa, OK c. Powers Fasteners, New Rochelle, NY 6. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA D. Adhesive Anchors: 1. General: Adhesive anchoring system designed for bonding threaded anchor rod and reinforcing bar hardware into drilled holes in concrete and solid masonry base materials. 2. Threaded rod: a. Material: Unless otherwise specified: 1) ASTM F 593 Stainless steel threaded rod, unless otherwise specified. b. Diameter as shown on the Drawings or as required for the loads and conditions. c. Length as required to provide minimum depth of embedment. d. Clean and free of grease, oil, or other deleterious material. e. For hollow-unit masonry, provide galvanized or stainless-steel wire cloth screen tube to fit threaded rod. f. Anchor rods shall have rolled threads. 3. Adhesive: a. Two-component, high strength adhesive anchoring system designed to be used in adverse/thaw environments, with gray color mixing. 1) ICC-ES Code Listed. 2) Cure Temperature, Pot Life, and Workability: Compatible for the intended use and environmental conditions. 3) Non-sag, with selected viscosity base on installation temperature and overhead application where applicable. 4) ASTM Compliance: a) Uncracked Concrete: Meets ASTM C881, Types I, II, IV, and V, Grade 3, Class A and B. b) Uncracked and Cracked Concrete: Meets ASTM C881, Types I, II, IV, and V, Grade 3, Class B and C. 5) Compliant with NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water applications. 6) Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a) ITW Ramset/Red Head, Wood Dale, IL. b) Hilti, Inc.,Tulsa, OK c) Powers Fasteners, New Rochelle, NY d) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc., Pleasanton, CA E. Concrete Inserts: 1. For piping, grating and floor plate provide malleable iron inserts. 2. Provide those recommended by the manufacturer for the required loading. 3. Finish shall be black. F. Powder actuated fasteners and other types of bolts and fasteners not specified herein shall not be used unless approved by ENGINEER. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 29-PAGE 4 OF 6 0982-003-04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2.4 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Use stainless steel components unless otherwise shown on drawings. B. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for conduit and cable tray as scheduled in NECA 1,where Table 1 lists maximum spacing less than stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. D. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25% in the future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps. E. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2 inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, conduit may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be the weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps(MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 29-PAGE 5 OF 6 0982-003-04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Materials 1. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 2. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type II or Type 1/II. Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. Fly ash may be used for replacement of up to 15% of cement content by weight except for paving concrete. 3. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, graded, 1 inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 4. Water: ASTM C 94; potable. C. Concrete Mixtures 1. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. 2. Provide concrete with the following mix design to result in concrete placed in the field of minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days based on test cylinders which are taken during concrete placement. Unit Measurement Minimum Compressive Strength (7 day) 2,250 psi Minimum Compressive Strength (28 day) 3,000 psi Coarse Aggregate ASTM C33, No. 467 Fine Aggregate ASTM C33 Water/Cementious Ratio (max.) 0.50 by weight Air Entrainment 4-6 percent Slump with Superplasticizer 7 inches to 9 inches Slump without Superplasticizer 3 inches± 1 inch Minimum Cementious Content 470 pounds per cubic yard D. Additive 1. Red ferrous oxide concrete coloring pigment mixed at the rate of 1-1/2 lb. per sack of cement for electrical conduit. E. Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings,templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 29-PAGE 6 OF 6 0982-003-04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ALUMINUM CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Allied Tube &Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2. American Conduit, by SAPA 3. Republic Conduit B. Aluminum Rigid Conduit: 1. Alloy: Manufactured of 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1. 2. Standards: UL 6A, "Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Aluminum, Red Brass and Stainless Steel" and is manufactured to ANSI C80.5. C. Fittings for Conduit(Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous(Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886. 2.2 PVC COATED ALUMINUM CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. American Conduit, by SAPA 2. OCAL, Inc. 3. Perma-Cote B. PVC-Coated Aluminum Rigid Conduit: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 1 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Alloy: Manufactured of 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1. 2. Standards: UL 6A, "Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -Aluminum, Red Brass and Stainless Steel" and is manufactured to ANSI C80.5. 3. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. C. Fittings for Conduit(Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. 2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES,AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Hoffman. 4. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 5. Perma-Cote B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum,Type FD, with gasketed cover. C. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. D. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. E. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1,cast aluminum with gasketed cover. F. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250,Type 4X, with continuous-hinge cover with fast- operating clamp-cover junction box clamp,Type 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Stainless Steel Type 316. 2.4 TERMINATION CABINETS &BOXES A. Termination cabinets shall be NEMA 4X, Type 316 stainless steel gasketed. Cabinets shall be configured as shown on the plans, and shall be of sufficient size to adequately contain all terminals, wire-duct, and cables as determined by the CONTRACTOR. Cabinets shall have fast-operating clamp-cover junction box clamp,Type 316 stainless steel. B. Acceptable manufacturers: Hoffman. 2.5 WIREWAY A. General: 1. Suitable for lay-in conductors. 2. Designed for continuous grounding. 3. Covers: a. Hinged or removable in accessible areas. b. Non-removable when passing through partitions. 4. Finish: Rust inhibiting primer and manufacturer's standard paint inside and out except for stainless steel type. 5. Standards: UL 870, NEMA 250. B. Watertight(NEMA 4X rated)Wireway: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 2 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. 14 Gauge Type 304 or 316 stainless steel bodies and covers without knockouts and 10 Gauge stainless steel flanges. 2. Cover: Fully gasketed and held in place with captive clamp type latches. 3. Flanges: Fully gasketed and bolted. 2.6 CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Fittings for Use with Aluminum Conduit: 1. General: a. In hazardous locations listed for use in Class I, Groups C and D locations. 2. Locknuts: a. Threaded stainless steel. b. Gasketed or non-gasketed. c. Grounding or non-grounding type. 3. Bushings: a. Threaded, insulated metallic. b. Grounding or non-grounding type. 4. Hubs: Threaded, insulated and gasketed metallic for raintight connection. 5. Couplings: a. Threaded straight type: Same material and finish as the conduit with which they are used on. 6. Unions: Threaded copper free cast aluminum. 7 Conduit uif bodies (ells -.d tees): .. �.vi IUUII bodies (,cn�and �ccJ�. a. Body: Cast copper free aluminum with threaded hubs. b. Standard and mogul size. c. Cover: 1) Clip-on type with stainless steel screws. 2) Gasketed or non-gasketed cast copper free aluminum. 8. 8. Conduit bodies (round): a. Body: Cast copper free aluminum with threaded hubs. b. Cover: Threaded screw on type, gasketed, cast copper free aluminum. 9. 9. Sealing fittings: a. Body: Cast copper free aluminum with threaded hubs. b. Standard and mogul size. c. With or without drain and breather. d. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the sealing fitting. 10. Hazardous location flexible coupling (HAZ-FLEX): a. Liquid tight and arc resistant. b. Electrically conductive so no bonding jumper is required. c. Dry and wet areas: 1) Bronze braided covering over flexible brass core. 2) Bronze end fittings. 3) Aluminum unions and nipples. d. Corrosive areas: 1) Stainless steel braided covering over flexible stainless steel core. 2) Stainless steel end fittings. 3) Aluminum unions and nipples. 11. Expansion couplings: a. 2 inch nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. b. 4 inch nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. c. Cast copper free aluminum with insulated bushing. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 3 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 d. Gasketed for wet locations. e. Internally or externally grounded. 12. Expansion/deflection couplings: a. 3/4 IN nominal straight-line conduit movement in either direction. b. 30 degree nominal deflection from the normal in all directions. c. Metallic hubs, neoprene outer jacket and stainless steel jacket clamps. d. Internally or externally grounded. e. Watertight, raintight and concrete tight. 13. Standards: UL 467, UL 514B, UL 886. B. Fittings for Use with PVC-Aluminum: 1. The same material and construction as those fittings listed under paragraph "Fittings for Use with Aluminum Conduit"and coated as defined under paragraph "PVC Coated Aluminum Conduit" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Aluminum rigid conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Above ground: Aluminum rigid conduit. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC,Type EPC-40-PVC, concrete encased. 4. Under concrete slab: RNC,Type EPC-40-PVC, concrete encased. 5. Concealed in Concrete: RNC,Type EPC-40-PVC. 6. Chemical areas: PVC-coated aluminum rigid conduit . 7. Installed in wet-wells: PVC-coated aluminum rigid conduit. 8. Connection to Vibrating Equipment(Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): PVC Coated Light-tight Flexi able Metal Conduit. 9. Boxes and Enclosures,Aboveground: NEMA 250,Type 4X, stainless steel. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Aluminum rigid conduit. 2. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: Aluminum rigid conduit. 3. Concealed in Masonry or CMU walls: RNC,Type EPC-80-PVC.. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment(Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): PVC Coated Light-tight Flexible Metal Conduit. 5. Damp or Wet Locations: Aluminum rigid conduit. 6. Chemical areas: PVC-coated aluminum rigid conduit. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250,Type 4, except use NEMA 250,Type 4X, stainless steel in damp, wet, or chemical locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. Minimum size for underground conduit shall be 1-inch trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. PVC Externally Coated,Aluminum Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer. E. Do not install aluminum conduits in contact with concrete. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 4 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 3.2 CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Conduit bodies and fittings shall not reduce the conduit fill area for the size of conduit to which they are installed. The next size of conduit body or fitting shall be installed if required. B. Conduit Seals: 1. Installed in conduit systems located in hazardous areas as required by the NFPA 70. C. Install Expansion Fittings: 1. Where conduits are exposed to the sun and conduit run is greater than 200 feet. 2. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings. D. Install Expansion/Deflection Fittings: 1. Where conduits enter a structure. a. Except electrical manholes and handholes. b. Except where the ductbank is tied to the structure with rebar. 2. Where conduits span structural expansions joints. 3. Elsewhere as identified on the Drawings. E. Threaded connections shall be made wrench-tight. F. Conduit joints shall be watertight: 1. Where subjected to possible submersion. 2. In areas classified as wet. 3. Underground. G. Terminate Conduits: �J. Terminate ..V11UU11J. 1. In metallic outlet boxes: a. Conduit hub and locknut. b. Insulated bushing and two (2) locknuts. c. Use grounding type locknut or bushing when required by NFPA 70. 2. In NEMA 12 rated enclosures: a. Watertight, insulated and gasketed hub and locknut. b. Use grounding type locknut or bushing when required by NFPA 70. 3. In NEMA 4X rated enclosures: a. Watertight, insulated and gasketed hub and locknut. 4. In NEMA 7 rated enclosures: a. Into an integral threaded hub. 5. When stubbed up through the floor into floor mount equipment: a. With an insulated grounding bushing on metallic conduits. b. With end bells on non-metallic conduits. 3.3 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. See the Drawings for area classifications. 3. Fill unused punched-out, tapped, or threaded hub openings with insert plugs. 4. Size boxes to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed and quantity of conduits connected to the box. B. Outlet Boxes: 1. Permitted uses of metallic outlet boxes: a. Housing of wiring devices: 1) Recessed in all stud framed walls and ceilings. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 5 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2) Recessed in poured concrete, concrete block, and brick walls of architecturally finished areas and exterior building walls. b. Pull or junction box: 1) Above gypsum wall board or acoustical tile ceilings. 2) Above 10 feet in an architecturally finished area where there is no ceiling. 2. Permitted uses of cast outlet boxes: a. Housing of wiring devices surface mounted in non-architecturally finished dry, wet corrosive, and hazardous areas. b. Pull and junction box surface mounted in non-architecturally finished dry, wet, and corrosive areas. 3. Permitted uses of non-metallic outlet boxes: a. Housing of wiring devices surface mounted in non-architecturally finished corrosive areas. b. Pull and junction box surface mounted in non-architecturally finished corrosive areas. 4. Mount device outlet boxes where indicated on the Drawings and at heights as scheduled in Section 26 27 26 "Wiring Devices." 5. Set device outlet boxes plumb and vertical to the floor. 6. Outlet boxes recessed in walls: a. Install with appropriate stud wall support brackets or adjustable bar hangers so that they are flush with the face of the wall. b. Locate in ungrouted cell of concrete block with bottom edge of box flush with bottom edge of block and flush with the face of the block. 7. Place barriers between switches in boxes with 277 V switches on opposite phases. 8. Back-to-back are not permitted. 9. When an outlet box is connected to a PVC coated conduit, the box shall also be PVC coated. C. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Install pull or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to facilitate pulling of wires or making connections. a. Make covers of boxes accessible. 2. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X metallic enclosure: a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in areas designated as wet and/or corrosive. 3. Permitted uses of NEMA 4X non-metallic enclosure: a. Pull or junction box surfaced mounted in areas designated as wet and/or highly corrosive. 4. Permitted uses of NEMA 7 enclosure: a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in areas designated as Class I hazardous. 1) Provide PVC coating in corrosive areas when PVC coated conduit is used. 5. Permitted uses of NEMA 12 enclosure: a. Pull or junction box surface mounted in areas designated as dry. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 6 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 D. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. E. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. F. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. G. Raceways Embedded or under slabs in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1 inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Provide Aluminum Rigid PVC-Coated conduit bends for PVC conduits 2-inch and larger. 4. At the transition from PVC to rigid aluminum conduit, extend PVC Coated rigid aluminum conduit a minimum of 6 inches into the concrete. H. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. I. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb. tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. J. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings where indicated on drawings. K. Expansion-deflection Fittings F.. Rigid A1. Conduit and K. i i ings for Rigid Aluminum PVC-Coated Conduit: Install in each run of aboveground conduit crossing structural expansion joints and on exposed conduit runs of more than 100 feet or where necessary. Provide bonding jumpers across fittings. L. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semi-recessed lighting fixtures; equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. M. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block and install box flush with surface of wall. N. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. 3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping in accordance with applicable regulations B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to or greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 7 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 I. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. J. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials. L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. M. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. N. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 33-PAGE 8 OF 8 0982-003-04 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 26 05 36 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings. B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of ladder or solid bottom type (as shown on drawings)cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A123/A123M -Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM A653/A653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM A1011 —Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot- Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High Strength Low Alloy with Improved Formability(Formally ASTM A570 &A607).. 4. ASTM A1008—Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, high- Strength Low-Alloy and high-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability(Formally ASTM A611). 5. ASTM B633—Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: 1. NEMA FG 1 - Nonmetallic Cable Tray Systems. 2. NEMA VE 1-1998 - Metal Cable Tray Systems. 3. NEMA VE 2-2000 -Cable Tray Installation Guidelines. 1.3 DRAWINGS A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable runway systems. Data presented on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of all dimensions, routing, etc., is required. B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. CONTRACTOR is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE1, "Cable Tray Systems." C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC). D. DUL Compliance: Provide products that are UL-classified and labeled. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 36-PAGE 1 OF 4 0982-003-04 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, "Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance" pertaining to installation of cable tray systems. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes. Do not install damaged equipment. 1. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate tray type, dimensions, support points, and finishes. B. Product Data: Submit fittings and accessories. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum 10 years of documented experience, and with service facilities within 500 miles of Project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems to be installed shall be as manufactured by the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Cope,T. J., Inc.; a subsidiary of Allied Tube &Conduit. 3. GS Metals Corp.; GLOBETRAY Products. 4. MONO-SYSTEMS, Inc. 5. MPHusky. 6. PW Industries. 2.2 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. B. Materials and Finish: Material and finish specifications for each tray type are as follows: C. Aluminum: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 36-PAGE 2 OF 4 0982-003-04 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2.3 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM A. Ladder type trays shall consist of 2 longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced 9 inches on center. Spacing in radiused fittings shall be 9 inches and measured at the center of the tray's width. Rungs shall have a minimum cable-bearing surface of 7/8 inch with radiused edges. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. B. Solid bottom trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable-bearing surface of 2-3/4 inch and shall be spaced 6 inches on center. C. Tray Sizes shall have 5 inch minimum usable load depth, or as noted on the drawing. D. Straight tray sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-Beams. All straight sections shall be supplied in standard 12-foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly lengths as shown on drawings. E. Tray widths shall be as shown on drawings. F. All fittings must have a 3 inch tangent and a minimum radius of 12 inches. G. Splice plates shall be the bolted type made as indicated below for each tray type. The resistance of fixed splice connections between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 Q. Splice plate construction shall be such that a splice may be located anywhere within the support span without diminishing rated loading capacity of the cable tray. 1. Aluminum Tray- Splice plates shall be made of 6063-T6 aluminum, using 4 square neck carriage bolts and serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1. If aluminum cable tray is to be used outdoors, then hardware shall be Type 316 stainless. H. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings. I. Cable Tray Supports: Shall be placed so that the support spans do not exceed maximum span indicated on drawings. Supports shall be constructed from 12-gauge steel formed shape channel members 1-5/8x1-5/8 inch with necessary hardware such as Trapeze Support Kits as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. or engineer approved equal. Cable trays installed adjacent to walls shall be supported on wall mounted brackets such as B409 as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. or engineer approved equal. J. Trapeze hangers supports shall be supported by 1/2-inch (minimum) diameter stainless steel rods. K. Barrier Strips: Shall be placed as specified on drawings and be fastened into the tray with self-drilling screws. L. Accessories-special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support, and install a cable tray system. Accessories shall consist of but are not limited to; section splice plates, expansion plates, blind-end plates, specially designed ladder dropouts, barriers, etc. M. Covers: Cable trays located outside or under platforms shall have peaked flanged covers. 2.4 LOADING CAPACITIES A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of 75 lb/ft on a 10-foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE1 Section 5.2. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 36-PAGE 3 OF 4 0982-003-04 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE2 for general cable tray installation guidelines. B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable tray work with other work. C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables. D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Cable tray should be free of burrs and sharp edges. F. Cable tray shall be grounded according to manufacturer's specifications. 3.2 TESTING A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B Chapter 18 for testing and test methods. B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the"worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA VE-1; including test reports verifying rung load capacity in accordance with NEMA VE-1 Section 5.4. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 36-PAGE 4 OF 4 0982-003-04 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 26 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Conduit, ducts, and duct accessories for concrete-encased duct banks, and in single duct runs. 2. Handholes and boxes. 3. Manholes. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Duct-bank materials, including separators and miscellaneous components. 2. Ducts and conduits and their accessories, including elbows, end bells, bends, fittings, and solvent cement. 3. Accessories for manholes, handhnles_ and boxes. 4. Warning tape. 5. Conduit markers. B. Shop Drawings for Precast or Factory-Fabricated Underground Utility Structures: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and accessories, including the following: 1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. 2. Reinforcement details. 3. Frame and cover design and manhole frame support rings. 4. Ladder details. 5. Grounding details. 6. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling-in and lifting irons, and sumps. 7. Joint details. C. Shop Drawings for Factory-Fabricated Handholes and Boxes Other Than Precast Concrete: Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details, including the following: 1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes. 2. Cover design. 3. Grounding details. 4. Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling-in and lifting irons. D. Duct-Bank Coordination Drawings: Show duct profiles and coordination with other utilities and underground structures. 1. Include plans and sections, drawn to scale, and show bends and locations of expansion fittings. E. Product Certificates: For concrete and steel used in precast concrete manholes and handholes,ASTM C 858. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 1 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with American National Standards Institute's ANSI C2. B. Comply with National Fire Protection Association's NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver ducts to Project site with ends capped. Store nonmetallic ducts with supports to prevent bending,warping, and deforming. B. Store precast concrete underground utility structures at Project site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible. C. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: When applicable, do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify ENGINEER no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without ENGINEER'S written permission. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of ducts, manholes, handholes, and boxes with final arrangement of other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field. B. Coordinate elevations of ducts and duct-bank entrances into manholes, handholes, and boxes with final locations and profiles of ducts and duct banks as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct runs drain to manholes and handholes, and as approved by ENGINEER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PVC COATED ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Conduit, by SAPA 2. OCAL, Inc. 3. Perma-Cote B. PVC-Coated Aluminum Rigid Conduit: 1. Alloy: Manufactured of 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1. 2. Standards: UL 6A, "Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Aluminum, Red Brass and Stainless Steel"and is manufactured to ANSI C80.5. 3. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum. 2.2 PVC CONDUIT A. RNC: Conforming to NEMA TC 2,Type EPC-40-PVC, UL 651, with matching fittings by same manufacturer as the conduit, complying with NEMA TC 3 and UL 514B. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 2 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2.3 NONMETALLIC DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. ARNCO Corp. 2. Beck Manufacturing. 3. Cantex, Inc. 4. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe&Plastics Group. 5. Condux International, Inc. 6. ElecSys, Inc. 7. Electri-Flex Company. 8. IPEX Inc. 9. Lamson &Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies. 11. Spiraduct/AFC Cable Systems, Inc. B. Duct Accessories: 1. Duct Separators: Factory-fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for type and sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacing indicated while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling. 2.4 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE A. Description: Acid-and alkali-resistant poiyethyiene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep. Tape shall be red in color for electrical, orange in color for communication. Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line 2.5 PRECAST MANHOLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Carder Concrete Products. 2. Christy Concrete Products. 3. Elmhurst-Chicago Stone Co. 4. Oldcastle Precast Group. 5. Riverton Concrete Products; a division of Cretex Companies, Inc. 6. Utility Concrete Products, LLC. 7. Utility Vault Co. 8. Wausau Tile, Inc. B. Comply with ASTM C 858, with AASHTO H-17, H-20 structural design load rating, and with interlocking mating sections, complete with accessories, hardware, and features. 1. Windows: Precast openings in walls, arranged to match dimensions and elevations of approaching ducts and duct banks plus an additional 12 inches vertically and horizontally to accommodate alignment variations. a. Windows shall be located no less than 6 inches from interior surfaces of walls, floors, or roofs of manholes, but close enough to corners to facilitate racking of cables on walls. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 3 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 b. Window opening shall have cast-in-place, welded wire fabric reinforcement for field cutting and bending to tie in to concrete envelopes of duct banks. c. Window openings shall be framed with at least two additional No. 4 steel reinforcing bars in concrete around each opening. C. Concrete Knockout Panels: 1-1/2 to 2 inches thick for future conduit entrance and sleeve for ground rod. D. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic-butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at the installation location with the ground-water level at grade. 2.6 UTILITY STRUCTURE ACCESSORIES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Bilco Company (The). 2. Campbell Foundry Company. 3. Carder Concrete Products. 4. Christy Concrete Products. 5. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. 6. Elmhurst-Chicago Stone Co. 7. McKinley Iron Works, Inc. 8. Neenah Foundry Company. 9. NewBasis. 10. Oldcastle Precast Group. 11. Osburn Associates, Inc. 12. Pennsylvania Insert Corporation. 13. Riverton Concrete Products; a division of Cretex Companies, Inc. 14. Strongwell Corporation; Lenoir City Division. 15. Underground Devices, Inc. 16. Utility Concrete Products, LLC. 17. Utility Vault Co. 18. Wausau Tile, Inc. B. Manhole Access Covers, and Chimney Components: Comply with structural design loading specified for manhole. C. Access Covers: a. Designed for incidental H-20 Wheel Loading b. Diamond Plate Surface, labeled"Electric" c. Torsion Bar Assist opening with safety latch to prevent accidental closing. d. Size 36x36 inches e. Weatherproof steel frame, with steel cover with recessed cover hook eyes and tamper-resistant, captive, cover-securing bolts. f. Similar to Jensen Precast CAA-3636 g. Configuration: Imbedded into top ring cover 2. Manhole Chimney Components: Precast concrete rings with dimensions matched to those of the manhole. D. Manhole Sump Frame and Grate: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30B, gray cast iron. E. Pulling Eyes in Concrete Walls: Eyebolt with reinforcing-bar fastening insert, 2-inch diameter eye, and 1x4-inch bolt. 1. Working Load Embedded in 6-Inch, 4,000-psi Concrete: 13,000 lb ft minimum tension. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 4 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 F. Pulling-In and Lifting Irons in Concrete Floors: 7/8-inch diameter, hot-dip galvanized, bent steel rod; stress relieved after forming; and fastened to reinforcing rod. Exposed triangular opening. 1. Ultimate Yield Strength: 40,000 lb ft shear and 60,000 lb ft tension. G. Bolting Inserts for Concrete Utility Structure Cable Racks and Other Attachments: Flared, threaded inserts of noncorrosive, chemical-resistant, nonconductive thermoplastic material; 1/2x2-3/4 inches deep, flared to 1-1/4 inches minimum at base. 1. Tested Ultimate Pullout Strength: 12,000 lb ft minimum. H. Expansion Anchors for Installation after Concrete Is Cast: Zinc-plated, carbon-steel-wedge type with stainless-steel expander clip with 1/2-inch bolt, 5,300 lb ft rated pullout strength, and minimum 6,800-lb ft rated shear strength. I. Cable Rack Assembly: Nonmetallic. Components fabricated from nonconductive, fiberglass- reinforced polymer. 1. Stanchions: Nominal 36 inches high x4 inches wide, with a minimum of 9 holes for arm attachment. 2. Arms: Arranged for secure, drop-in attachment in horizontal position at any location on cable stanchions, and capable of being locked in position. Arms shall be available in lengths ranging from 3 inches with 450 lb. minimum capacity to 20 inches with 250 lb. minimum capacity. Top of arm shall be nominally 4 inches wide, and arm shall have slots along full length for cable ties. J. Duct-Sealing Compound: Nonhardening, safe for contact with human skin, not deleterious to cable insulation, and workable at temperatures as low as 35°F. Capable of withstanding temperature of 300°F without slump and adhering to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals. K. Fixed Manhole Ladders: Arranged for attachment to roof of manhole. Ladder and mounting brackets and braces shall be fabricated from nonconductive, structural-grade,fiberglass- reinforced resin. L. Cover Hooks: Heavy duty, designed for lifts 60 lb ft and greater. Two required. 2.7 UNDERGROUND DUCTS STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. C. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. D. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. 2.8 UNDERGROUND DUCTS CONCRETE A. Materials 1. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 2. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type II or Type 1/II. Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C. Fly ash may be used for replacement of up to 15% of cement content by weight except for paving concrete. 3. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, graded, 1 inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 4. Water: ASTM C 94; potable. B. Concrete Mixtures PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 5 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. 2. Provide concrete with the following mix design to result in concrete placed in the field of minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days based on test cylinders which are taken during concrete placement. Unit Measurement Minimum Compressive Strength (7 day) 2,250 psi Minimum Compressive Strength (28 day) 3,000 psi Coarse Aggregate ASTM C33, No. 467 Fine Aggregate ASTM C33 Water/Cementious Ratio(max.) 0.50 by weight Air Entrainment 4-6 percent Slump with Superplasticizer 7 inches to 9 inches Slump without Superplasticizer 3 inches± 1 inch Minimum Cementious Content 470 pounds per cubic yard C. Additive 1. Red ferrous oxide concrete coloring pigment mixed at the rate of 1-1/2 lb. per sack of cement for electrical conduit. 2.9 GROUNDING A. Bare Copper Conductors: Shall be tinned, stranded Conductors complying with ASTM B 8 and Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. B. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. C. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet in length. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect precast concrete utility structures according to ASTM C 1037. 1. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or the manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 2. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 UNDERGROUND DUCT APPLICATION A. Ducts shall be RNC, NEMA Type EPC-40-PVC, in reinforced, concrete-encased duct bank, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 EARTHWORK A. Excavation 1. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by excavation for trenches. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 6 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. During inclement weather and where site conditions warrant,take precautions to prevent surface-water run-off from entering the excavation. Remove and dispose of water entering trench, as necessary grade trench bottom and compact subgrade. Do not place bedding, lay pipe, conduits, cables, or duct banks in water. Provide continuous control of water until trench backfill is complete. 3. Excavate to lines, grades, depths, and dimensions shown and as necessary to accomplish Work. Allow for excavation support and protection materials, working space, bedding course, topsoil, and related materials. 4. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide required clearance of each side of conduit. Trench walls shall be vertical to elevation equal to 12 inches above top of conduits or duct banks. 5. Precede with caution in areas of existing utilities exposing them by hand excavation or other means acceptable to utility owner. Protect, support, and maintain existing utilities. 6. Avoid disturbing soil within branch spread of trees designated for protection. If it is necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp axe. B. Preparation of Trench Bottom 1. Subgrade: Grade with hand tools, remove loose and disturbed materials, and trim off high areas left by excavating bucket teeth. Allow space for bedding material as required. 2. Soft Subgrade: Remove any soft subgrade, replacing with trench stabilizing material. 3.3 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two manholes to drain in both directions. B. Curves and Bends: Use 5 degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 48 inches for feeders 600 V and less and 25 feet for feeders above 600 V, both horizontally and vertically, at other locations, unless otherwise indicated. C. Joints: Use solvent-cemented joints in ducts and fittings and make watertight according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane. D. Duct Entrances to Manholes and Concrete Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inches on center for 5-inch ducts, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes. 1. Begin change from regular spacing to end-bell spacing 10 feet from the end bell without reducing duct line slope and without forming a trap in the line. 2. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. 3. Tie duct bank reinforcing steel into dowels at manhole walls. E. Wall Penetrations: Make a transition from underground duct to PVC coated-aluminum conduit at least 10 feet outside the wall without reducing duct line slope away from the building, and without forming a trap in the line. Use fittings manufactured for duct-to- conduit transition. Install conduit penetrations of walls in accordance with Division 26 Section 26 05 33"Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." F. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that have cables pulled. Seal spare ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15 psig hydrostatic pressure. G. Pulling Cord: Install 100 lb ft test nylon cord in ducts, including spares. H. Concrete-Encased Ducts: Support ducts on duct separators. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 7 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, with not less than 4 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Stagger separators approximately 6 inches between tiers. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. 2. Concreting Sequence: Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous operation. a. Start at one end and finish at the other, allowing for expansion and contraction of ducts as their temperature changes during and after the pour. Use expansion fittings installed according to manufacturer's written recommendations or use other specific measures to prevent expansion- contraction damage. 3. Pouring Concrete: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow a heavy mass of concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Use a plank to direct concrete down sides of bank assembly to trench bottom. Allow concrete to flow to center of bank and rise up in middle, uniformly filling all open spaces. Do not use power-driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct-bank application. 4. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete-encased duct banks as shown on Drawings. 5. Forms: Use walls of trench to form sidewalls of duct bank where soil is self- supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms. 6. Minimum Space between Ducts: 3 inches between ducts and exterior envelope wall, 2 inches between ducts for like services, and 6 inches between power and signal ducts. 7. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 24 inches below finished grade in areas not subject to deliberate traffic and at least 30 inches below finished grade in deliberate traffic paths for vehicles unless otherwise indicated. 8. Stub-Ups: Use PVC coated-aluminum conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. Couple PVC coated-aluminum conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. b. Stub-Ups to Equipment: For equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend PVC coated-aluminum conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. I. Underground-Line Warning Tape 1. During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. 3.4 BACKFILL A. General: 1. Process excavated material to meet specified soil fill requirements. Adjust moisture as necessary to obtain specified compaction. Place and compact backfill in 8-inch loose lifts. 2. Do not allow backfill to free-fall into the trench or allow heavy, sharps pieces of material to be placed as backfill until after 2 feet of backfill has been placed. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 8 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 3. Do not use power-driven impact type compactors until at least 4 feet of backfill is place over top of pipe. 4. Backfill to grade with allowances for topsoil, crushed rock surfacing, pavements, or other work. 5. Settling backfill by jetting or flooding will only be permitted as shown on the Drawings or when approved by Engineer in writing. Trenches improperly backfilled and compacted, or where settlement occurs, shall be excavated to depth required, backfilled, compacted, and surface restored to required grade. B. Density Control 1. Areas Subjected to or Influenced by Vehicular Traffic. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, compact backfill to a minimum 100% of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698, with required moisture content within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 2. Areas Not Subjected to or Influenced by Vehicular Traffic. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, compact backfill to a minimum 95% of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698, with required moisture content within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 3.5 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT MARKERS A. Mark underground duct banks 24x24x4 inch concrete marker with etched lettering and arrows indicating the duct bank route. B. Install markers at point of origin, at point of termination, at bends, and at 100-foot intervals, even if not shown on plans. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND BOXES A. Elevations: 1. Manhole Roof: Install with rooftop at least 6 inches above finished grade. In paved areas and trafficways, set manhole roofs 1 inch above finished. Set other manhole frames 1 inch above finished grade. B. Drainage: Install drains in bottom of manholes where indicated. Coordinate with drainage provisions indicated. C. Hardware: Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators as required for installation; and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. D. Fixed Manhole Ladders: Arrange to provide for safe entry with maximum clearance from cables and other items in manholes. E. Field-Installed Bolting Anchors in Manholes and Concrete Handholes: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 inches for manholes and 2 inches for handholes, for anchor bolts installed in the field. Use a minimum of two anchors for each cable stanchion. F. Warning Sign: Install "Confined Space Hazard"warning sign on the inside surface of each manhole cover. 3.7 GROUNDING A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned-copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. Bury 12 inches above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 9 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape,with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Underground Distribution System Components 1. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. 2. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 4/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. 3. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole,to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors'level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. E. INSTALLATION 1. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. 2. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of underground ducts and utility structures. 2. Pull aluminum or wood test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and test for out-of-round duct. Provide mandrel equal to 8 0% fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest. 3. Test manhole and handhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections B. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance. 3.9 CLEANING A. Pull leather-washer-type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts. Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout ducts. B. Clean internal surfaces of manholes, including sump. Remove foreign material. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 43-PAGE 10 OF 10 0982-003-04 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: B. Identification for raceway. C. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. D. Warning labels and signs. E. Instruction signs. F. Equipment identification labels. G. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. C. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 910.145. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, Manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Nameplates: 1. Provide a nameplate for each piece of mechanical equipment, process equipment, valve, pump, mixer, feeder, fan, air-handling unit, motor, switch, receptacle, controller, instrument transducer, instrument power supply, solenoid, motor control center, starter, panelboard, switchboard, individually mounted or plug-in type circuit protector or motor controller, disconnect switch, time switch, relay and for any other control device or major item of electrical equipment, either located in the field or within panels. 2. Provide all nameplates of identical style, color, and material throughout the facility. 3. Device nameplates information: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 1 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 a. Designations as indicated on the Drawings and identified on the Process and Instrumentation Drawings. b. Device tag and loop number ID (#) (e.g. EDV-#). c. Circuit ID (e.g. LPA-11). d. Area served (e.g. Lighting Chemical Building). B. Wire numbers: 1. Coordinate the wire numbering system with all vendors of equipment so that every field wire has a unique number associated with it for the entire system: a. Wire numbers shall correspond to the wire numbers on the control drawings or the panel and circuit numbers for receptacles and lighting. b. Wire numbers shall correspond to the terminal block number to which they are attached in the control panel. c. Internal panel wires on a common terminal shall have the same wire number. 2. Provide the following wiring numbering schemes throughout the project for field wires between programmable logic controllers, (PLC), vendor control panels, (CP), motor control centers, (MCC),field starters, field instruments, etc. a. Where: 1) ORIGIN LOC. = Designation for originating panel or device 2) ORIGIN TERM. = Terminal designation at originating panel or device 3) DEST. LOC. = Designation for destination panel or device 4) DEST. TERM. = Terminal designation at destination panel or device or PLC I/O address at destination panel b. Identify equipment and field instruments as the origin. c. PLCs are always identified as the destination. d. Location is the panel designation for CP, LCP, or PLC. For connections to MCCs, location is the specific starter tag and loop number. Location is the tag and loop number for motor starters,field instruments, and equipment. Any hyphen in the panel designation or tag and loop number shall be omitted. e. Terminal designation is the actual number on the terminal block where the conductor terminates at field devices and vendor control panels. For multi- conductor cables, all terminal numbers shall be shown, separated by commas. f. Terminal designations at motor leads shall be the motor manufacturer's standard terminal designation (e.g. T1,T2,T3, etc.). g. Terminal designations at PLCs where the field conductor connects to field terminal blocks for a PLC input or output shall be the PLC address(Note: the following PLC I/O numbering scheme is typical for Allen-Bradley, the numbering scheme should be modified to match that of the actual PLC manufacturer used for the project): 1) Discrete Point: W:X:Y/Z or Analog Point: W:X:Y.Z a) Where: • W = I for input, 0 for output • X = PLC number(1, 2, 3...) • Y = Slot number(01, 02, 03...) • Z = Terminal number (00, 01, 02...) for a discrete point or a word number for an analog point(1, 2, 3...) h. Terminal designations at PLCs where the conductor does not connect to a PLC input point or output point shall be the terminal number with a"C"prefix (e.g. CO01O). For common power after a fuse or neutrals after a switch, the subsequent points shall have and capital letter suffix starting with"A"(e.g. C001OA). 3. Case 1: Vendor control panel (CP) to Programmable Logic Controller(PLC): PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 2 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 a. Field wire number/label: A-B/C-D 1) A = Vendor control panel number without hyphen (CP#) 2) B = Terminal number within CP (manufacturer's or vendor's standard terminal number) 3) C = Programmable Logic Controller number without hyphen (PLC#) 4) D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a "C" prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point(C0010) 5) Examples: a) CP#-10/PLC#-I:1:01/01 b) CP#-10/PLC#-0:1:10/07 c) CP#-10/PLC#-00100 4. Case 2: Field instrument to Programmable Logic Controller(PLC): a. Field wire number/label: E-F/C-D 1) C = Programmable Logic Controller number without hyphen (PLC#) 2) D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC 3) Input or Output point or the terminal number with a "C" prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point(C0010) 4) E = Field mounted instrument tag and loop numbers without hyphen (EDV#) 5) F= Manufacturer's standard terminal number within instrument. Use both terminal numbers for analog points separated by a comma 6) Examples: a) TIT#-2,3/PLC#-I:1:01.1 b) TSH#-1/PLC#-I:2:01/00 5. Case 3: Motor control center(MCC)to Programmable Logic Controller(PLC): a. Field wire number/label: G-B/C-D 1) B = Terminal number within Motor Control Center (manufacturer's or vendor's standard terminal number) 2) C = Programmable Logic Controller without hyphen (PLC#) 3) D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a "C" prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point(C0010) 4) G = Actual starter designation in the motor control center without hyphen (MMS#) 5) Examples: a) MMS#-10/PLC#-I:1:01/01 b) MMS#-10/PLC#-0:1:10/07 c) MMS#-10/PLC#-00100 6. Case 4: Motor control center(MCC) to vendor control panel (CP): a. Field wire number/label: G-B/A-B b. A = Vendor control panel number without hyphen (CP#) c. B = Terminal number within motor control center or vendor control panel d. (manufacturer's or vendors standard terminal number) e. G = Actual starter designation in the motor control center without hyphen (MMS#) f. Example: 1) MMS#-X2/CP#-10 7. Case 5: Motor leads to a motor control center(MCC): a. Field wire number/label: H-I/G-B PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 3 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 b. B = Terminal number within motor control center(manufacturer's standard terminal number) c. G = Actual starter designation in the motor control center without hyphen (MMS#) d. H = Equipment tag and loop number without hyphen (PMP#) e. I = Motor manufacturer's standard motor lead identification (e.g. T1,T2,T3, etc.) f. Example: 1) PMP-#-T3/MMS#-T3 8. Case 6: Remote or separately mounted starter or variable frequency drive (VFD) to Programmable Logic Controller(PLC): a. Field wire number/label: J-B/C-D b. B = Terminal number within starter or variable frequency drive c. (manufacturer's standard terminal number) d. C = Programmable Logic Controller number without hyphen (CP#) e. D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a"C"prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point(C0010) f. J = Starter or variable frequency drive tag and loop number without hyphen (MMS#) g. Examples: 1) MMS#-10/PLC#-I:1:01/01 2) MMS#-10/PLC#-0:2:10/07 3) MMS#-10/PLC#-00010 9. Identify all spare conductors as required for other field wires with an"S"prefix: Example: S MMS#-10/PLC#-0011 2.2 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Color for Printed Legend: 1. Power Circuits: Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable. • C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted,flexible label laminated with a clear, weather-and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretension, flexible, preprinted,color-coded acrylic sleeves, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretension, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use. 2.3 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION-AND CONTROL-CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. All markings to labels, schedules, tags on nameplates shall be machine printed only. Hand printing is prohibited. Circuits shall be tagged at terminations (both ends), in pull boxes, cabinets and enclosures as follows; 1. Tags relying on adhesives or taps-on markers are not acceptable. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 4 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2. Hand written tags are not acceptable. 3. Provide conductor tags for conductors No. 10 AWG and below with legible permanent sleeve of yellow or white PVC with machine printed black marking, Raychem TMS sleeves or approved equal. 4. Provide tags for cables and for conductors No. 8 AWG and larger consisting of permanent nylon marker plates with legible designations hat tamped on the plate. Attach these marker plates to conductors and calves with stainless steel wire wraps. Tags shall be Raychem TMS-CM cable markers or approved equal. 5. Tags shall be imprinted with panelboard and panelboard position number(e.g. LA3- 23)for conductors fed from panelboards. Other conductors shall have tags imprinted with the MCC which feeds the conductors(e.g. MCC 1). 6. Switch-legs shall the designation descried above their tags, plus an "S" suffix. Travelers shall have the designation described able on their taps, plus a "T' suffix. 7. Where more than one neutral is present with a group of conductors, a tag shall be applied to each neutral indicating which phase conductors are served by each neutral (e.g. HA-2, 4, 6). B. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1-2 inches wide. 2.4 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive iabeis, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7x10 inches. D. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, non-fading, preprinted, cellulose- acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10x14 inches. E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER- ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION -AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." 2.5 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16-inch thick for signs up to 20 square inches and 1/8-inch thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with Insert colors. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.6 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. B. Stenciled Legend: In non-fading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be 1 inch. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 5 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking,Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb., minimum. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185°F. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding. B. Paint: Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. C. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. 2.8 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. Acid-and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep. Tape shall be red in color for electrical, orange in color for communication. Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line • Color and Printing: 2. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. 3. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: "ELECTRIC LINES" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Raceways and Duct Banks More Than 600 V Concealed within Buildings: 4-inch wide black stripes on 10-inch centers over orange background that extends full length of raceway or duct and is 12 inches wide. Stencil legend "DANGER CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3-inch high black letters on 20-inch centers. Stop stripes at legends. Apply to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. B. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables More Than 600 V: Identify with "DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letters at least 2 inches high, with self-adhesive vinyl labels. Repeat legend at 10-foot maximum intervals. C. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less,for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits: Identify with orange self-adhesive vinyl label. D. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification: For primary and secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use metal tags. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above. E. Branch-Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use metal tags. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 6 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 F. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source and circuit number. G. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. H. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. I. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply baked-enamel warning signs. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1. Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. 2. Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. J. Instruction Signs: 1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. 2. Emergency Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. K. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. L. Labeling Instructions: 1. Indoor Equipment:, Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch high letters on 1-1/2-inch high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Stenciled legend 4 inches high. 3. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. 4. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards. d. Transformers. e. Electrical substations. f. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 7 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 g. Motor-control centers. h. Disconnect switches. i. Enclosed circuit breakers. j. Motor starters. k. Push-button stations. I. Power transfer equipment. m. Contactors. n. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. o. Battery inverter units. p. Battery racks. q. Power-generating units. r. Voice and data cable terminal equipment. s. Master clock and program equipment. t. Intercommunication and call system master and staff stations. u. Television/audio components, racks, and controls. v. Fire-alarm control panel and annunciator. w. Security and intrusion-detection control stations, control panels, terminal cabinets, and racks. x. Monitoring and control equipment. y. Uninterruptible power supply equipment. z. Terminals, racks, and patch panels for voice and data communication and for signal and control functions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach non-adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F. System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. G. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied or, for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit, field applied. a. Colors for 208/120 V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. b. Colors for 480/277 V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Brown. 2) Phase B: Orange. 3) Phase C: Yellow. 2. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 8 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 are made. Apply last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. H. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. I. Painted Identification: Prepare surface and apply paint according to Division 9 painting Sections. END OF SECTION PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 05 53-PAGE 9 OF 9 0982-003-04 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SEPTEMBER 2019 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 26 24 19 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Scope: Provide labor, material, equipment, related services, and supervision required, including, but not limited to, manufacturing, fabrication, configuration and installation for motor control centers (also identified as MCC as required for the complete performance of the Work, as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein. B. Related Sections: Related sections include, but shall not be limited to, the following: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 2. Applicable general requirements for electrical Work specified within Division 26 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 3. The following MCC information is typically depicted on the Drawings: bus configuration, bus ratings, component size and type, power line and feeder connections, application specific unit control wiring, elevation and footprint, etc. Where not shown on or able to be derived from the Drawings,the minimum requirements specified herein shall be provided. 4. Refer to specification Section 26 27 13.13 "Power Meters"for additional requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Unless specifically defined within the Contract Documents, the words or acronyms contained within this specification shall be as defined within, or by the references listed within this specification, the Contract Documents, or, if not listed by either, by common industry practice. B. References 1. General, Publications: The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The edition/revision of the referenced publications shall be the latest date as of the date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise specified. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) a. ANSI Z55.1, "Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment" b. ASTM International (ASTM) c. ASTM B117, "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus" 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) a. IEEE 519, "Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Converters b. IEEE 1584, "Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations" 4. International Code Council (ICC) a. IBC, "International Building Code" 5. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) a. IEC 60947, "Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear - Part 2: Circuit Breakers" 6. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) a. ISO 9001, "Quality Management Systems - Requirements" PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 1 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 7. National Fire Protection Agency(NFPA) a. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code (NEC)" b. NFPA 70E, "Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace" c. NFPA 79, "Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery" 8. National Electrical Manufacturer Association (NEMA) a. NEMA 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment" b. NEMA ICS 18, "Motor Control Centers" 9. USA Military Standard (MIL) a. MIL-STD-202, 'Test Methods for Electronic and Electrical Component Parts" 10. Society of Automatic Engineering (SAE) a. SAE H1738-2, "Specification for Mini, Micro, and Nano Plugs and Receptacles" 11. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) a. UL 50, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations" b. UL 498, "Standard for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles" c. UL 508, "Standard for Industrial Control Equipment" d. UL 508A, "Standard for Industrial Control Panels" e. UL 508C, "Standard for Power Conversion Equipment" f. UL 845, "Motor Control Centers" 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 Submittals and Section 26 00 10 Electrical, in addition to those specified herein. B. Submit sufficient information to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. Identify submittal data with the specific equipment tags and/or service descriptions to which they pertain. Submittal data shall be clearly marked to identify the specific model numbers, options, and features of equipment and work proposed. C. Deviations from the Contract Documents shall be indicated within the submittal. Each deviation shall reference the corresponding drawing or specification number, show the Contract Document requirement text and/or illustration, and shall be accompanied by a detailed written justification for the deviation. D. Operation &Maintenance (O&M) manuals shall be provided in accordance with the minimum requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data, Section 26 00 10 Electrical and additional requirements specified herein. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a firm engaged in the manufacture of specified products of types and sizes required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for a minimum of ten years. B. The manufacturer shall have a valid ISO 9001 certification and an applicable quality assurance system that is regularly reviewed and audited by a third-party registrar. Manufacturing, inspection, and testing procedures shall be developed and controlled under the guidelines of the quality assurance system. C. The manufacturer or their representative shall have service, repair, and technical support services available 24 hours 7 days a week basis. D. All work performed and all materials used shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, Canadian Electrical Code and with applicable local regulations and ordinances. Process controllers, assemblies, materials, and equipment shall be listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories or by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 2 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Prior to delivery to the Project site, ensure that suitable storage space is available to store materials in a well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, humidity, and corrosive atmospheres. Materials shall be protected during delivery and storage and shall not exceed the manufacturer stated storage requirements. As a minimum, store indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect process controllers from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. In addition, protect process controllers from all forms of electrical and magnetic energy that could reasonably cause damage. B. Deliver materials to the Project site in supplier's or manufacturer's original wrappings and containers, labeled with supplier's or manufacturer's name, material or product brand name, and equipment tag number or service name as identified within the Contract Documents. C. Inspect and report any concealed damage or violation of delivery storage, and handling requirements to the Engineer. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General: Refer to Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. B. Additional Owner Rights: The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Extended Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide an 24 month warranty for the MCC. The warranty period shall commence on the date of shipment from Schneider manufacturing facility. The terms of the warranty shall provide for replacement of defective components, free of charge, at any time during the warranty period. 1.7 SPECIAL TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS A. The Contractor shall provide a recommended spare parts list with the following information provided as a minimum: 1. Contact information for the closest parts stocking location to the Owner. 2. Critical spare parts shall be identified as those parts being associated with long lead times and/or those being critical to the unit's operation. 3. Maintenance spares shall be identified as being those parts required to regularly perform scheduled maintenance on the furnished equipment. These spares shall include, but shall not be limited to, consumable spares that are required to be exchanged during scheduled maintenance periods. B. Spare parts shall be provided for each type and size of unit installed. At a minimum, the following shall be provided: 1. Provide the minimum spare parts recommended by the manufacturer. a. [1] set of each type of power and control fuse installed within equipment b. [1] control power transformer of each size installed c. [2] control relays of each size and type installed. Provide an additional spare for every[25] of a specific type installed. d. [2] indicating pilot lights, if not LED type, of each color and type installed e. [1] control operators (e.g. selector switch, pushbutton, etc.) complete with contact blocks for each type, color, size, installed C. Any manufacturer specific special tool, not normally found in an electrician's toolbox, required to remove and install recommended or furnished spare parts shall be furnished. At a minimum the following shall be provided: PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 3 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. If available from manufacture, provide PC-based configuration software tool and a minimum of one communication interface cable for each type of cable required to connect a PC-based computer to the devices specified herein for configuration and programming. 2. Electronic configuration files, in a media format acceptable by the Owner(e.g. CD, USB stick, etc.), updated to an as-installed and commissioned state. D. Spare parts shall be properly marked and packaged for long term storage. Printed circuit boards shall be provided in separate anti-static containers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Products: Motor Control Centers specified herein shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Products and manufacturers specified are to establish a standard of quality for design, function, materials, and appearance. Products shall be modified as necessary by the manufacturer for compliance with requirements. Provide the following specified product and manufacturer without exception, unless approved as a substitute by addendum to the Contract Documents prior to the bid date: 1. Square D Model 6 Motor Control Center by Schneider Electric B. Modifications or additions to existing MCCs shall be the same as the original manufacturer for model series still in production; otherwise the original manufacturer or an above listed acceptable manufacturer may provide these modifications and assemblies with proof of prior experience furnishing these types of modifications. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The following MCC information is typically depicted on the Drawings: bus configuration, bus ratings, interrupting ratings, component size and type, power line and feeder connections, application specific unit control wiring, elevation and footprint, etc. Where not shown on or able to be derived from the Drawings, the minimum requirements specified herein shall be provided. B. Motor Control Centers (MCCs) shall be 600 VAC class suitable for operation on three-phase, 60 Hz system. MCCs and their components shall conform to the applicable requirements of NEMA ICS 18-2001 and UL-845. C. The system operating voltage and number of wires shall be as shown on the drawings. D. MCCs shall be rated for an available short circuit capacity of 65,000 amperes rms. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. Materials 1. Steel material shall comply with UL 845 and CSA requirements. 2. Each MCC shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gauge steel bolted together to form a rigid, freestanding assembly. A removable 7 gauge structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the MCC shipping block at the top. Removable 7 gauge bottom channel sills shall be mounted underneath front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of the shipping block. Vertical sections made of welded side-frame assembly formed from a minimum of 12 gauge steel. Internal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 12 gauge and 14 gauge steel to provide a strong, rigid assembly. The entire assembly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand normal stresses included in transit and during installation. B. Structures PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 4 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 1. Structures shall be NEMA/EEMAC 12 (industrial duty). 2. Structures shall be totally enclosed, dead-front, freestanding assemblies. Structures shall be capable of being bolted together to form a single assembly. 3. The overall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90 in (2286 mm), not including base channel or lifting angle, baffle, or plenum. Base channels of 1.5 in (38 mm) in height shall be provided. Lifting angles of 3 in (76 mm) in height shall be provided and shall be removable. The total minimum width of one section shall be 20 in (508 mm). Widths of 25 in (630 mm), 30 in (760 mm), and 35 in (890 mm) may be used for larger devices or vertical wireways. 4. Each standard section for drawout type units shall have all the necessary hardware and bussing to add or move units within section. All unused space shall be covered by hinged blank doors. All space equipped to accept future units and include hinged blank doors. Vertical bus openings shall be covered by manual bus shutters. 5. Each section shall include a top plate (single piece or two-piece). NEMA Type 12 MCCs shall also include a bottom plate. These plates shall be removable for ease in cutting conduit entry openings. C. Wireways 1. Structures shall contain a minimum 12 inch (305 mm) high horizontal wireway at the top of each section and a minimum 6 inch (152 mm) high horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section. These wireways shall run the full length of MCC to allow room for power and control cable to connect between units in different sections. 2. A full-depth vertical wireway shall be provided in each MCC section that accepts modular drawout units. The vertical i teVay shall WI II IeCt With both the top and bottom horizontal wireway. The vertical wireway shall be 4 in (102 mm) wide minimum with a separate hinged door. 3. There shall be a minimum of 60 in2 (387 cm2) of cabling space available for 15 inch (381 mm) deep sections and 80 in2 (516 cm2) of cabling space available for 20 inch (508 mm) deep sections. 4. Access to the wireways shall not require opening control unit doors. 5. Structures that house a single, full section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways. Those control units shall open directly into the MCC horizontal wireways. D. Insulation and Isolation 1. All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted onto a glass-filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a two- piece rigid non-conductive barrier. The barrier design shall allow qualified personnel to slide the barriers both left and right,to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance without using tools or having to remove the barrier. Barrier sliding shall occur via an upper and lower track system. 2. The vertical bus shall be housed in a molded glass-filled polyester support that provides bus insulation and shall brace the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. These supports shall have openings every 3 in (76 mm) for unit stab-on connections. Each opening shall be provided with a manual shutter to close off the stab opening. These shutters shall be attached to the structure so that when they are removed (to allow a stab connection)they are retained in the structure and are readily accessible for use should a plug-in unit be removed from the MCC. 3. Barriers shall be provided in the vertical structure and unit designs to prevent the contact of any energized bus or terminal by a fishtape inserted through the conduit or wireway areas. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 5 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 2.4 BUSSING A. All bussing and connectors shall be tin-plated copper. B. The main horizontal bus shall be rated at as shown on the Drawings, continuous and shall extend the full length of the MCC. Bus ratings shall be based on 65°C maximum temperature rise in a 40°C ambient. Provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either end of the MCC. C. Horizontal bus splice bars stack shall be installed into the end of the MCC power bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice shall utilize four bolts, two on each side of the bus split, for each phase. Additional bolts shall not be required when splicing higher amperage bus. The splice bolts shall secure to self-clenching nuts installed in the bus assembly. It shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a single tool. D. MCCs shall be fitted with insulated horizontal bus. The horizontal bus joints shall be covered by an insulating box consisting of tabs and slots which can be opened and closed without tools for ease of joint maintenance. E. Three-Phase Four-Wire systems must contain a neutral provision at the main incoming cable compartment. A neutral bus system should be installed that is rated to 50% of the main bus • rating up to 1600A. Neutral vertical bus must be provided in the main structure and in each in vertical section requiring a neutral connection. F. Each section that accepts plug-in units shall be provided with a vertical bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug-in starter units. This bus shall be of the same material and plating as the main bus, and shall be rated at a minimum of 300 A continuous current. The vertical bus shall be connected directly to the horizontal bus stack without the use of risers or other intervening connectors. It shall be possible to maintain the vertical to horizontal bus connection with a single tool. Nut-and-bolt bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted. When a back-to-back unit arrangement is utilized, separate vertical bus shall be provided for both the front and rear units. G. A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided that shall run the entire length of the MCC. The ground bus shall be 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) by 2 in (51 mm)and shall be rated for 600 A. A mechanical lug shall be provided in the MCC for a #8-250 kcmil ground cable. The ground bus shall be provided with six 0.38 inch (9.65 mm) holes for each vertical section to accept user-supplied ground lugs for any loads requiring a ground conductor. H. Each vertical section shall have a tin-plated copper vertical ground bus that shall be connected to the horizontal ground bus. This vertical ground bus shall be installed so that the plug-in units engage the ground bus prior to engagement of the power stabs and shall disengage only after the power stabs are disconnected upon removal of the plug-in unit. I. Automatic shutters shall be installed on the vertical bus that will isolate the vertical bus when the unit is removed. These shutters shall be included on all installed units and provisions 2.5 UNIT CONSTRUCTION A. Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 400 ampere frame, and fusible switch disconnects through 400 A, shall connect to the vertical bus through a spring reinforced stab-on connector. Units with larger disconnects shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with appropriately sized cable or riser bus. B. Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 250 ampere frame and fusible switch disconnects through 100 A shall be available in a 6 inch (152 mm) unit size.. Stab-on plug- on units shall be cable connected to the unit disconnect. Six inch (152 mm)fusible units shall accept Class 3 fuses only. C. All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a suitable insulating material to prevent accidental contact with those parts. D. Unit mounting shelves shall include hanger brackets to support the unit weight during installation and removal. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 6 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 E. All plug-on units 12 inches or greater shall use a twin-handle camming lever located at the top of the bucket to rack in and out the plug-on unit. The cam lever shall work in conjunction with the hanger brackets to ensure positive stab alignment. Six inch (152 mm) plug-on units shall be installable without the assistance of a camming device so as to allow maximum accessibility with the unit installed F. A lever handle operator shall be provided on each disconnect. With the unit stabs engaged onto the vertical phase bus and the unit door closed,the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control of the unit. All circuit breaker operators shall include, but shall not be limited, a separate TRIPPED position to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door. Clear indication of disconnect status shall be provided, by adhering to the following operator handle positions: 1. Handle ON position shall be up or to the left and within 45°of being parallel to the face of the equipment. 2. Handle OFF position shall be down or to the right and within 45°of being parallel to the face of the equipment. 3. The minimum separation between the ON and OFF positions shall be 90°. 4. On circuit breaker disconnects, the handle TRIPPED position shall be perpendicular to the face of the equipment ±30°. For visual distinction, the minimum separation between ON and TRIPPED shall be 30°. Minimum separation between TRIPPED and OFF shall be 45°. G. A mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit door when the disconnect is in �h.�,ON position. A....�L,.... mechanical interlock shall _�the is i i the Another shall prevent the operator from placing the disconnect in the ON position while the unit door is open. It shall be possible for authorized personnel to defeat these interlocks. H. A non-defeatable interlock shall be provided to prevent installing or removing a plug-on unit unless the disconnect is in the OFF position. I. The plug-in unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the vertical ground bus prior to, and releases after, the power bus stab-on connectors. J. Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the OFF position with up to three padlocks. K. Handle mechanisms shall be located on the left side to encourage operators to stand to the left of the unit being switched. L. Unit construction shall combine with the vertical wireway isolation barrier to provide a fully compartmentalized design. M. Units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be pull-apart type, 250 volts, and rated for 10 A. Current-carrying parts shall be tin-plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. The stationary portion of the terminal block shall be used for factory connections and shall remain attached to the unit when the portion used for field connections is removed. The terminals used for field connections shall be accessible so they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. N. Surfaces (back, side, and bottom plates)of the unit interior shall be painted white. 2.6 COMPONENTS FOR TYPICAL UNITS A. Combination Starters: 1. All combination starters shall use a unit disconnect as described in Typical Unit Construction article above. Magnetic starters shall be furnished in all combination starter units. 2. All starters shall utilize NEMA/EEMAC rated contactors. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 7 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 3. Unless otherwise indicated larger on the drawings, use the following minimum starter sized for motor horsepower and 480 voltage. Under no circumstances shall smaller sizes be used even if mistakenly shown on the drawings. a. Size Starter 480 Volt 208 Volt b. 1 Up to 7.5 Up to 5.0 c. 2 20 7.5 d. 3 40 20 e. 4 75 36 f. 5 100 -- g. 6 200 -- 4. When provided, control circuit transformers shall include two primary protection fuses and one secondary fuse(in the non-ground secondary conductor). The transformer shall be sized to accommodate the contactor(s) and all connected control circuit loads. The transformer rating shall be fully visible from the front when the unit door is opened. 5. When a unit control circuit transformer is not provided, the disconnect shall include an electrical interlock for disconnection of externally powered control circuits. 6. Auxiliary control circuit interlocks shall be provided where indicated. Auxiliary interlocks shall be field convertible to normally open or normally closed operation. 7. NEMA/EEMAC Size 1-4 starters shall be mounted directly adjacent to the wireway so that power wiring (motor leads) shall connect directly to the starter terminals without the use of interposing terminals. Larger starters shall be arranged so that power wiring may exit through the bottom of the starter cubical without entering the vertical wireway. B. Terminal Blocks: 1. When Type B wiring is specified, starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks. 2. Terminal blocks shall be the pull-apart type with a minimum rating of 250 volts and 10 A. All current carrying parts shall be tin-plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. Terminal blocks shall be DIN rail- mounted with the stationary portion of the block secured to the unit bottom plate. The stationary portion shall be used for factory connections, and shall remain attached to the unit when removed. The terminals used for field connections shall face forward so they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. 3. When Type C wiring is specified, all starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks as described for Type B wiring along with power terminal blocks for size 1-3 starters. An additional set of terminal blocks shall be provided in a terminal compartment located in each section. These terminal blocks shall be pre-wired to the unit terminals so that all field control connections can be made at the terminal compartments. C. Nameplates 1. Provide engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC and unit compartment. Nameplates shall be gray background with white letters, measuring a minimum of 1.5 in (38 mm) high by 6.25 in (159 mm) wide total outside dimensions. D. Pilot Device Panel 1. Each combination starter unit shall be proved with a hinged/removable control station plate, which can accommodate up to five 22 mm pilot devices or three 30 mm pilot devices. The control station plate may be deleted if no local unit pilot devices are required. PLUMMER ASSOCIATES,INC. 26 24 19-PAGE 8 OF 15 0982-003-04 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SEPTEMBER 2019 Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System East Plant Plant Control System Replacement Bid Tabulation ;�� ITEXAS .,. g 11/15/19 2:00 PM .. L. � . uoc�c E lid ,;.-`'► PARK MC Prime Controls, LP $1,310,420.00 $615,118.00 $1,925,538.00 Control Panels USA,Inc $1,585,000.00 $642,000.00 $2,227,000.00 RLC Controls, Inc $1,540,900.00 $821,460.00 $2,362,360.00 MER 0982-003-04 November 15, 2019 Mr. David Freireich, PE Chief Utility Engineer City of Round Rock 3400 Sunrise Road Round Rock,TX 78665 Re: City of Round Rock Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System East Plant Plant Control System Replacement Recommendation of Award Dear Mr. Friereich, On Thursday, November 15, 2019,three bids from general contractors were received,opened and publicly read aloud at the City of Round Rock Utilities and Environmental Services Building Hall for the above-referenced project.The bids were as follows: Contractor Total Base I Prime Controls. L.P. $1,925,538.00 Control Panels USA, Inc. $2,227,000.00 RLC Controls, Inc. $2,352,360.00 Prime Controls, L.P.was the apparent low bidder with a Total Base Bid of$1,925,538.00.The Engineer's final opinion of probable construction cost for this project was$1,900,000.00. A phone call with Westfield Insurance company confirmed Prime Controls, L.P. is in good standing on current projects and the Bid Bond has an"A+"rating of performance.Prime Controls, L.P. has worked on multiple projects designed by Alan Plummer Associates, Inc., and has performed well on these previous projects. We have reviewed their bid and it appears to be in order. Therefore, as described in the Cost Proposal Form, award is based upon Total Base Bid to Prime Controls,L.P. Contract award of Bid Item No.A in the amount of$1,310,420.00 shall be awarded to Prime Controls, L.P., with Bid Item No. B in the amount of $615,118.00 being included in the Bid Cost Proposal Form of the Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System East Plant Expansion to 30 MGD as an assigned Subcontractor to the yet to be selected General Contractor,for a total award amount of$1-925,538.00. Please call me if you have any questions. We look forward to working with you during construction of this project. Sincerely, ALAN PLUMMER ASSOCIATES, INC. 1320 South University Drive,Suite f#trick Moseley, PE :=ort Worth,Tkua s 76107 Phone 817.806,1700 Fax a17.870,2536 Plummer,com T-VE Firm No.13 m CERTIFICATE OF iNTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 10f1 Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos,1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing farm,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place ]Certificate Number; of business. Prime Controls,L.P. 2019-564313 Lewisville,TX United States Date Filed:. 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for w ich the orm is 11122/2019 being filed. City of Round Rock Date Acknowledged: g Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. 000000 Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System East Plant-Plant Control System Replacement 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Davis,Heather Lewisville,TX United States X McNiei,Jason Lewisville,TX United States X F McNiel,Gary Lewisville,TX United States X i 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION My name is Lisa Lauer , and my date of birth is My address is 1070 Grandes Lane Apt#713 Lewisville TX 75077 USA (street) (CRY) (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed in_Denton County, State of,_Texas ,on the22at_da of Novee ,20_2 , (month) (year) r Signa ure of authorized agent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics,state.tx..us Version V1.1.3a6aaf7d CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number: of business. 2019-564313 Prime Controls, L.P. Lewisville,TX United States Date Filed: 2 Name of governmenta entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 11/22/2019 being filed. City of Round Rock Date Acknowledged: 12/13/2019 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. 000000 Brushy Creek Regional Wastewater System East Plant-Plant Control System Replacement 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Davis,Heather Lewisville,TX United States X McNiel,Jason Lewisville,TX United States X McNiel,Gary Lewisville,TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION My name is , and my date of birth is My address is • (street) (city) (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed in County, State of ,on the day of ,20 (month) (year) Signature of authorized agent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.1.3a6aaf7d